<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=GauraHari</id>
	<title>Vaniquotes - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=GauraHari"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/GauraHari"/>
	<updated>2026-06-27T04:08:17Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.45.3</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahman-Paramatma_ultimately_means&amp;diff=537396</id>
		<title>Brahman-Paramatma ultimately means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahman-Paramatma_ultimately_means&amp;diff=537396"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:34:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahman-Paramatma ultimately means... to Brahman-Paramatma ultimately means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Brahman-Paramatma ultimately means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahman|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Paramatma|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ultimately|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary P-Q-R]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes English Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonCCAdilila7109114SanFranciscoFebruary201967_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;36&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So Brahman-Paramātmā ultimately means the Supreme Personality of Godhead.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 7.109-114 -- San Francisco, February 20, 1967]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So there are so many policies and so many programs of the supreme authorities, but Caitanya Mahāprabhu says that that is time service. For the time being they are necessary. Actually, such interpretation is not necessary at all. We should take direct meaning. Now He&#039;s explaining Vedānta. The first thing He&#039;s explaining, &#039;brahma&#039; śabde mukhya arthe kahe-&#039;bhagavān&#039;. Whenever we speak of Brahman... Because these Māyāvādī philosophers, they are very much uttering this word, &amp;quot;Brahman.&amp;quot; Ahaṁ brahmāsmi: &amp;quot;All Brahman.&amp;quot; They don&#039;t utter &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;Govinda.&amp;quot; Oh, that is very difficult for them. They simply utter, &amp;quot;Brahman.&amp;quot; Now... Let them. Brahman is also Vedic word. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu says the direct meaning of Brahman is Bhagavān, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Cid-aiśvarya-paripūrṇa, anūrdhva-samāna. Now what is the grammatical meaning of Brahman? The grammatical meaning of Brahman is that &amp;quot;the greatest&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;expansive.&amp;quot; That is the grammatical meaning of Brahman. Which is unlimitedly expanded and greatest, He is called Brahman. Now, who can be unlimitedly expansive unless He&#039;s unlimitedly powerful? Therefore Caitanya Mahāprabhu says that according to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam also, the same meaning is there. Brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate ([[Vanisource:SB 1.2.11|SB 1.2.11]]). So Brahman-Paramātmā ultimately means the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Without coming to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the conception of Brahman-Paramātmā is imperfect. Why? Caitanya Mahāprabhu says that cid-aiśvarya-paripūrṇa, anūrdhva-samāna. You cannot have conception of the greatest, unlimited, unless you place six kinds of opulence, opulences in full. Because aiśvarya, the opulences... Just like wealth, fame, and beauty, knowledge, and renunciation, they should be unlimited. Now, when they are not unlimited, he&#039;s not Brahman, or he&#039;s not the Supreme Lord.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahmacari-vrata_means&amp;diff=537388</id>
		<title>Brahmacari-vrata means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahmacari-vrata_means&amp;diff=537388"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:31:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahmacari-vrata means... to Brahmacari-vrata means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Brahmacari-vrata means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahmacari|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vrata|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG61121NewYorkSeptember71966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;213&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahmacāri-vrata means celibacy, no sex life at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966|Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Here it is said that in order to keep yourself alive, you have to always see the upper portion of your nose. Samprekṣya nāsikāgraṁ svaṁ diśaś cānavalokayan. And you cannot see that who is coming there, &amp;quot;Oh, who is here? Some tiger is coming or something is coming?&amp;quot; No. No fear. Because you are put in a Himalaya, in a secluded place, and in a sanctified place. So you haven&#039;t got to, for any other reason, you haven&#039;t got to move your neck. That is not possible in the society. You must have to go in a secluded place. There are so many disturbance. At once, disturbance is there and I have to look, &amp;quot;Who is there?&amp;quot; This is the position here. But here it is said that you cannot move your head. You have to sit down straight, that your neck and skull and body should be in one straight line, and you have to see the upper portion of your nose always. That is the system. Praśāntātmā vigata-bhīr brahmacāri-vrate sthitaḥ (Bg. 6.13-14). Then one should be undisturbed in mind. A man who is always disturbed in mind, he cannot perform yoga. That is not possible. And vigata-bhīḥ. Bhīḥ means fearfulness. One who has no fear. If he has got fear, then how he can go out of home in the jungle? That is not possible. That is another qualification for executing yoga. Not only for yoga. Any person who is trying to elevate himself in the spiritual line, he has to become fearless. Vigata-bhīḥ.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;And brahmacāri-vrate sthitaḥ. Brahmacāri-vrata means celibacy, no sex life at all. Completely prohibited. Brahmacārī. Brahmacāri-vrate. Vrata means with a vow that &amp;quot;I&#039;ll have no sex life,&amp;quot; with a vow. Such person can execute yoga system. Praśāntātmā vigata-bhīr brahmacāri-vrate sthitaḥ, manaḥ saṁyamya. When the ātmā is... There is no demand. When you have no demand, then your mind is naturally becomes controlled. Manaḥ saṁyamya mac-cittaḥ. Now, doing all these things, the next item is mac-cittaḥ. Kṛṣṇa says mat, to transfer the whole thinking to Kṛṣṇa or Viṣṇu. Not vacant. Mac-cittaḥ. So if that is the system of yoga, mac-cittaḥ, yukta āsīta mat-paraḥ. Mac-cittaḥ and yukta āsīta mat-paraḥ. &amp;quot;Always thinking of Me, or Viṣṇu. Always thinking of Me.&amp;quot; So now, that one who is in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he gets the opportunity of the highest yoga system, but he hasn&#039;t got to take the trouble of the process. That is the beauty of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Here the whole thing is coming down, the Lord says mac-cittaḥ. The mind should be engaged in Viṣṇu. The yogi, the real yogi, who goes to the forest, to the secluded place, he thinks of the catur-bhuja Viṣṇu. That will be explained here.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahmacari-asrama_means&amp;diff=537386</id>
		<title>Brahmacari-asrama means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahmacari-asrama_means&amp;diff=537386"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:31:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahmacari-asrama means... to Brahmacari-asrama means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;brahmacari-asrama means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahmacari|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahmacari and Training|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Asrama|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;EveningDarsanaFebruary261977Mayapura_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;107&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Evening Darsana -- February 26, 1977, Mayapura&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Evening Darsana -- February 26, 1977, Mayapura&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Children are generally restless, and the brahmacārī-āśrama means to train him how to become peaceful. That is the first training, not that to make him very good scholar in grammar.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Evening Darsana -- February 26, 1977, Mayapura|Evening Darsana -- February 26, 1977, Mayapura]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: (Bengali) (break) People have been trained up not to become sober. Sober. Childish. And Vedic civilization is to teach the youngsters from the very beginning how to become sober-under restriction, under regulation, just to make him very sober. Brahmacārī (sic:) guru-gṛhe vasan dāntaḥ. Dānta means sober. And where is our paṇḍita.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Lokanātha: Next room.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Call him. (break) Find out from your dictionary what is the meaning of dānta.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Pradyumna: Dānta.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Vasan dānto guror hitam. The word is used, dānta. Dānta means sober. Children are generally restless, and the brahmacārī-āśrama means to train him how to become peaceful. That is the first training, not that to make him very good scholar in grammar. It is not said there. That is later on. First thing is how to make him sober. What is that? Dānta?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Pradyumna: Dānta, from verbal root, dam. &amp;quot;Tamed, broken in...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Tame. Tame. Just see.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Pradyumna: &amp;quot;Restrained...&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That&#039;s it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Pradyumna: &amp;quot;...subdued.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: This is the first training. Otherwise he&#039;ll not be able to advance.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Brahmānanda: He&#039;ll be animal.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Tamāla Kṛṣṇa: The word tamed refers to animal.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. This, the right... So generally, from the very beginning, they are not tame, so even if he is in older age he&#039;s the same untrained animal, dog. A dog, old dog or new dog, the same. (laughs) It doesn&#039;t mean that a dog has become old, he&#039;s now tame, no. Tame, that is another thing. It has to be trained. And that is possible for the human being. You cannot make animal dānta. That is not possible. So if a human being, from the very beginning of his life, he is not trained up to become restrained... There is another word?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Pradyumna: Yes, restrained. Subdued.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Subdued. So then there is no chance. Kancai no wale basa mas korbe tas tas:(?) &amp;quot;If you want to bend this bamboo, when it is green, you can do it. And if it is yellow, can&#039;t. It will break.&amp;quot; Tas, tas. This is Bengali. If you take one yellow bamboo, to bend it, it will crack and make sound, &amp;quot;Tas, tas.&amp;quot; But when it is green, you can bend it. Kancai no wale paca means green. (Bengali) Kancai no wale basa mas korbe tas tas.(?) First human civilization begins when you restrain the children not to become restless. This is the training. Brahmacārī guru-gṛhe vasan dānto guror hitam. This training is lacking. Therefore even in old age, the washerman business. I am bodily conscious, and I am training others also to become bodily conscious: &amp;quot;You feel like Indian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You feel like American,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You feel like Englishman.&amp;quot; This is education, the same dehātma-buddhi, that &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; extended. The extended feeling of bodily consciousness, is that advancement? Is that advancement? The bodily consciousness is animalism. (aside:) Why you are taking? Huh? No, no. You keep it.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma-varcasa_means&amp;diff=537382</id>
		<title>Brahma-varcasa means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma-varcasa_means&amp;diff=537382"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:29:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahma-varcasa means... to Brahma-varcasa means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Brahma-varcasa means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahman Effulgence|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB2323LosAngelesMay201972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;377&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma-varcasa means those who are desiring to become one with the effulgence, to merge into the effulgence of the Lord.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;At least we should know. They have no intelligence. Because they are entangled. Just see this list. Here is, brahma-varcasa-kāmas tu. Brahma-varcasa means those who are desiring to become one with the effulgence, to merge into the effulgence of the Lord. Varcasa. Varcasa means the effulgence of Kṛṣṇa. Yasya prabhā prabhavato jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi (Bs. 5.40). Just like the sun and the sunshine. Similarly, Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Brahma, and His effulgence is called brahma-jyotir. So these jñānīs, they are desiring to merge into the Brahman effulgence. Therefore, it is called brahma-varcasa-kāmas tu. And kāma means desire. Therefore, they are still desiring. They are fed up with these ordinary desires. Ordinarily, they are desiring, &amp;quot;I shall become rich man. I shall become minister. I shall become this, I shall become that.&amp;quot; And they are also desiring to merge into the effulgence of Kṛṣṇa. That is also desire, kāma. The word is explicitly said, kāma. Kāma means desire.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;That is also sense gratification. To become one with God, it is also sense gratification. When he fails to become the greatest personality, he then desires, &amp;quot;Now let me become one with God.&amp;quot; One with God means he thinks that he will be equally expert as the supreme enjoyer. Because God is supreme enjoyer. Bhoktā. So he could not enjoy life separately; now he wants to mix with the body of God. Therefore... That enjoyment is there. The propensity for enjoying is there. He failed to enjoy keeping himself separate, so he wants to mix with God. Just like the politicians. Whenever there is some political movement, they take some part. Their idea is that &amp;quot;If I become somehow or other a little prominent, important, I&#039;ll have a minister&#039;s post.&amp;quot; That&#039;s all. It is a fact. They do not care for country&#039;s welfare. No. There is no such question. Their only ambition is, &amp;quot;Let me mix with this political party. It&#039;s growing... Just like in our country, there are so many parties.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB2323LosAngelesMay201972_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;377&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma-varcasa means effulgence.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.3.2-3 -- Los Angeles, May 20, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Recently, Indira Gandhi&#039;s party became powerful. So all other men, giving resignation from other party, they took into the party of Indira Gandhi. So it is like that, merging into the existence of the powerful. So the frustrated karmīs, frustrated karmīs, when they do not find any happiness even by becoming the greatest or the topmost person, he wants to become one with God. Therefore it is said, brahma-varcasa-kāmas tu. Brahma-varcasa means effulgence. But it is kāma. That is not akāma. But a devotee is akāma, there is no kāma. He has no personal desires. His desire is only to remain eternal servant of God. That&#039;s all. That is his position. That is not desire. That is his actual position. Just like Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, na dhanaṁ na janaṁ na sundarīṁ kavitāṁ vā jagadīśa kāmaye (Cc. Antya 20.29, Śikṣāṣṭaka 4). Kāmaye, this kāma. I no more desire for riches. Karmīs—they want money. Na dhanaṁ na janam, or they want many men to follow. Followers, they create party by political agitation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma-vadi_means&amp;diff=537380</id>
		<title>Brahma-vadi means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma-vadi_means&amp;diff=537380"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:29:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahma-vadi means... to Brahma-vadi means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Brahma-vadi means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Brahma-vadinam means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|14Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=3|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Impersonalist|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahman|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary V-W-X-Y-Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Krsna_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Krsna, The Supreme Personality of Godhead&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;KB89_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Krsna,_The_Supreme_Personality_of_Godhead&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;OB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;93&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;KB 89&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Krsna Book 89&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma-vādinām means those who talk about the Absolute Truth but have not yet come to a conclusion.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:KB 89|Krsna Book 89]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;After testing Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and Lord Viṣṇu, Bhṛgu Muni returned to the assembly of great sages on the bank of the river Sarasvatī and described his experience. After hearing him with great attention, the sages concluded that of all the predominating deities, Lord Viṣṇu is certainly the greatest. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam these great sages are described as brahma-vādinām. Brahma-vādinām means those who talk about the Absolute Truth but have not yet come to a conclusion. Generally brahma-vādī refers to the impersonalists or to those who are students of the Vedas. It is to be understood, therefore, that all the gathered sages were serious students of the Vedic literature but had not come to a definite conclusion as to who is the Supreme Absolute Personality of Godhead. But after hearing of Bhṛgu Muni&#039;s experience in meeting all three predominating deities—Lord Śiva, Lord Brahmā and Lord Viṣṇu—the sages concluded that Lord Viṣṇu is the Supreme Truth, the Personality of Godhead. It is said in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam that after hearing the details from Bhṛgu Muni the sages were astonished because although Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva were immediately agitated, Lord Viṣṇu, in spite of being kicked by Bhṛgu Muni, was not agitated in the least. The example is given that small lamps may be agitated by a slight breeze, but the greatest lamp or the greatest illuminating source, the sun, is never moved, even by the greatest hurricane. One&#039;s greatness has to be estimated by one&#039;s ability to tolerate provoking situations. The sages gathered on the bank of the river Sarasvatī concluded that one who wants actual peace and freedom from all fear should take shelter of the lotus feet of Viṣṇu. Since Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva lost their peaceful attitude upon a slight provocation, how can they maintain the peace and tranquillity of their devotees? As for Lord Viṣṇu, however, it is stated in the Bhagavad-gītā that anyone who accepts Lord Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa as the supreme friend attains the highest perfection of peaceful life.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB62910AllahabadJanuary151971_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;710&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.2.9-10 -- Allahabad, January 15, 1971&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.2.9-10 -- Allahabad, January 15, 1971&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma-vādī means those who are very much fond of Vedic rituals, performances, yajñas.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.2.9-10 -- Allahabad, January 15, 1971|Lecture on SB 6.2.9-10 -- Allahabad, January 15, 1971]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra one becomes free from sinful reaction. Not only that, he becomes very soon a devotee. Yatas tad-viṣayā matiḥ. Yataḥ means simply by chanting. Here it is clearly stated, nāma-vyāharaṇam, chanting of the holy name. Vyāharaṇam means chanting. Nāma-vyāharaṇaṁ viṣṇoḥ, &amp;quot;of Lord Viṣṇu.&amp;quot; So not only he becomes free from all sinful reaction of his life, but yatas tad-viṣayā matiḥ: his mind becomes fixed up in the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. So try to understand what is the result of chanting, simply by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. Therefore Caitanya Mahāprabhu recommends, harer nāma harer nāma harer nāmaiva kevalam ([[Vanisource:CC Adi 17.21|CC Adi 17.21]]). So without offense, without committing offense, if we regularly chant this Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, then we remain freed from all sinful reaction of life and our attachment for the Supreme Lord in devotional service increases. Yatas tad-viṣayā matiḥ. Brahma-vādibhiḥ. Brahma-vādī means those who are very much fond of Vedic rituals, performances, yajñas. There was an argument, conversation with Haridāsa Ṭhākura and a brāhmaṇa. The Haridāsa Ṭhākura says that offenseless chanting of the holy name of Lord, one not only becomes free, not only he becomes brahma-bhūta ([[Vanisource:SB 4.30.20|SB 4.30.20]]), but his love of Godhead manifests. The dormant love of Godhead manifests and automatically he is liberated. So that brāhmaṇa protested that &amp;quot;Don&#039;t exaggerate your chanting in this way. One becomes liberated after performing so much austerities, penances, and you say simply by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa? This is too much exaggeration.&amp;quot; So there was argument, and the argument increased, and there was cursing also, and Haridāsa Ṭhākura was a little bit agitated, and the brāhmaṇa became offender and he suffered. That incidence is described in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB6211AllahabadJanuary161971_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;711&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Allahabad, January 16, 1971&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Allahabad, January 16, 1971&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma-vādī means those who are trying to lead persons to realize Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Allahabad, January 16, 1971|Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Allahabad, January 16, 1971]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Just like government gives you license, say for... One is... Every businessman is given some license. The municipality gives license. The sales tax department gives license, certificate. There are so many licenses a businessman has to follow, income tax licenses. But there are rules and regulations because all these departments know it very well that any businessman or karmī, he is sure to commit sinful activities. Therefore there are so many regulations just to stop him as far as possible from sinful activities. Similarly, there are twenty kinds of viṁśati-prakāśa-dharma-śāstra. How one can live faithfully, religiously, the directions are there in twenty kinds of scriptures made by Parāśara, Manu, and many other sages. There are different types. So therefore it is said here that na niṣkṛtair uditair brahma-vādibhiḥ. Brahma-vādibhiḥ. Brahma-vādī means those who are trying to lead persons to realize Brahman. The whole direction of the Vedic injunction is to understand that &amp;quot;I am not this material body; I am spirit soul.&amp;quot; And in order to understand this factual position there are so many directions in the dharma-śāstra or religious scriptures. And you&#039;ll find here the Yamadūta or Yamarāja will speak, dharmaṁ tu sākṣād bhagavat-praṇītam ([[Vanisource:SB 6.3.19|SB 6.3.19]]).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB6211VrndavanaSeptember131975_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;712&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Vrndavana, September 13, 1975&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Vrndavana, September 13, 1975&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma-vādī means... Brahma means śabda-brahma, Vedic injunction. So there are many brahmavādīs. Just like Manu-saṁhitā.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Vrndavana, September 13, 1975|Lecture on SB 6.2.11 -- Vrndavana, September 13, 1975]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So the bhakti-mārga, it is clearly said, it is, that you cannot be purified simply by performing the Vedic ritualistic ceremony. Na niskrtaiḥ. Na niṣkṛtair uditair brahma-vādibhiḥ. Brahma-vādī means... Brahma means śabda-brahma, Vedic injunction. So there are many brahmavādīs. Just like Manu-saṁhitā. Parāśara, he has made viṁśati dharma-śāstras. So they are authorized things. But still, if you follow the ritualistic ceremonies, if you make atonement according to the Vedic direction, you cannot be fully purified, fully purified, because unless you are detestful of this material existence, unless you are determined to go back to home, back to Godhead. If you want to adjust in this material world to be happy, then you have to commit sinful activities. There is no doubt about it. Therefore it is said that you cannot be purified. Na niṣkṛtair uditair brahma-vādibhis tathā viśuddhyaty aghavān vratādibhiḥ. Aghavān. Aghavān means sinful. Every one of us who is in this material world, he is sinful. So he has to be purified. So this best purification process is devotional service. And the purification process begins—anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyam: (Brs. 1.1.11) when you have no more any material desires. Then you..., the purification begins.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma-sammitam_means&amp;diff=537372</id>
		<title>Brahma-sammitam means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma-sammitam_means&amp;diff=537372"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:24:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahma-sammitam means... to Brahma-sammitam means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Brahma-sammitam means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Transcendental Knowledge|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB215LosAngelesAugust131972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;366&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.1.5 -- Los Angeles, August 13, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.1.5 -- Los Angeles, August 13, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma-sammitam means it is actually transcendental knowledge. Brahma-sammitam, adhītavān dvāparādau.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.1.5 -- Los Angeles, August 13, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.1.5 -- Los Angeles, August 13, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Śukadeva Gosvāmī is supposed to be liberated soul from the beginning of his life. That is a long story. He was sixteen years within his mother&#039;s womb. Anyway, he&#039;s accepted as a liberated soul. But still, he&#039;s attracted by the activities of the narration of the activities of the Lord, and he says that, idaṁ bhāgavataṁ nāma purāṇam, nairguṇya-sthā ramante sma guṇānukathane hareḥ. Idaṁ bhāgavataṁ nāma. This Bhāgavata, this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, brahma-sammitam... Brahma-sammitam. So &amp;quot;I heard it from my father, Dvaipāyana.&amp;quot; Vyāsadeva, he composed this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and he found his son, Śukadeva Gosvāmī... He had many other sons, but this son, Śukadeva Gosvāmī, because he thought that &amp;quot;This body is liberated,&amp;quot; so he taught him about the lessons of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and this is the first time... Because śravaṇaṁ kīrtanam. He heard it from his father, Dvaipayana, and he is now narrating, kīrtanam. He got the chance of narrating Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam at the time of death of Parīkṣit Mahārāja.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So here he admits that idaṁ bhāgavataṁ nāma purāṇaṁ brahma-sammitam. Brahma-sammitam means it is actually transcendental knowledge. Brahma-sammitam, adhītavān dvāparādau. So &amp;quot;By the end of Dvāpara Yuga I studied it from my great father, Kṛṣṇa Dvaipayana Vyāsa.&amp;quot; So&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:pariniṣṭhito &#039;pi nairguṇya&lt;br /&gt;
:uttama-śloka-līlayā&lt;br /&gt;
:gṛhīta-cetā rājarṣe&lt;br /&gt;
:ākhyānaṁ yad adhī...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Now the question may be that &amp;quot;You are liberated person. Why you are attracted with the narration of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam?&amp;quot; So he says that pariniṣṭhito &#039;pi nairguṇya. &amp;quot;Yes, although I&#039;m situated in the transcendental position, uttama-śloka-līlā, the narration of Kṛṣṇa...&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa is called uttama-śloka. Uttama-śloka means when Kṛṣṇa is described, He&#039;s described by chosen language, not ordinary language. You&#039;ll find, those who are students of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, you&#039;ll find each and every word so nice and so sublime, even from literary point of view. Therefore He&#039;s called Uttama-śloka. And His līlā, His pastimes So Śukadeva Gosvāmī admits that &amp;quot;Although I was situated in the liberated stage of life, still I was attracted by the activities or pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; Pariniṣṭhito&#039; pi nairguṇya uttama-śloka-līlayā, gṛhīta-ceta rājarṣe. &amp;quot;My dear King, I, I heard it wholeheartedly. It was, it is so nice, it is so sublime that it was attractive to me.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma_satyam_means&amp;diff=537342</id>
		<title>Brahma satyam means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma_satyam_means&amp;diff=537342"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:11:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahma satyam means... to Brahma satyam means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;brahma satyam means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|07Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahma|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahman, Paramatma and Bhagavan|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG411BombayMarch311974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;159&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.11 -- Bombay, March 31, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.11 -- Bombay, March 31, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;At last, Caitanya Mahāprabhu. They established that brahma satyam means brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate (SB 1.2.11). Both, three, Absolute Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.11 -- Bombay, March 31, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.11 -- Bombay, March 31, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Anyway... Then Śaṅkarācārya came. Śaṅkarācārya wanted... Because by the propagation of Lord Buddha, whole India became Buddhist. And Śaṅkarācārya wanted to establish Vedas again. So they were temporary necessities, for certain reason. Because people were addicted so much in violence, in killing the animals, therefore Buddha philosophy was needed. Again, this Buddha philosophy was driven out. The Śaṅkara, impersonal philosophy was established. But again, the ācāryas, Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya and other Vaiṣṇava ācāryas.. . At last, Caitanya Mahāprabhu. They established that brahma satyam means brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate ([[Vanisource:SB 1.2.11|SB 1.2.11]]). Both, three, Absolute Truth.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma_satya_means&amp;diff=537340</id>
		<title>Brahma satya means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma_satya_means&amp;diff=537340"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:10:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahma satya means... to Brahma satya means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Brahma satya means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|26Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahman|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Realization|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB32519BombayNovember191974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;441&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.25.19 -- Bombay, November 19, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.25.19 -- Bombay, November 19, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Brahma satya means Brahman realization, &amp;quot;I am Brahman. I am the same Supreme... So &#039;ham.&amp;quot; But that will not help you. That is simply theoretical. Practical is bhaktyā bhagavaty akhilātmani.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.19 -- Bombay, November 19, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.19 -- Bombay, November 19, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhakti means spiritual activities. There is activity... It is not... The Māyāvādī philosophers, they think that &amp;quot;Stop material activities.&amp;quot; Brahma satyaṁ jagan mithyā. &amp;quot;Why you are engaged...&amp;quot; The Buddhist philosophy also, they say nirvāṇa, &amp;quot;Stop this material life.&amp;quot; The Buddhist philosophers, they do not give more information. &amp;quot;We are suffering on account of this material combination.&amp;quot; That is their philosophy. Because this body is nothing but combination of earth, water, fire, air, mind, intelligence and ego, so if you separate it, let the earth go to the earth, let water go to the water, let fire go to the fire, then you become zero. If you dismantle just like we dismantle some house, so there are so many things coming out. So let the doors be taken, somebody windows, somebody the bricks, somebody and..., rubbish somebody. Then there is no house, zero. This is called nirvāṇa theory. No more existence. We are suffering pains and pleasure... Pains. There is no pleasure. Pleasure means accepting another type of pain. I am suffering... Just like there is boil on your body. This is suffering. And to cure it, another suffering, surgical operation. So it is going on like that. Actually, there is no pleasure. There is only pain.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So the Buddhist theory is to dismantle this construction, and then there is no more sense of pains and... The Māyāvādī theory also like that, that &amp;quot;Activities, because they are material activities, therefore there are sufferings. So the material activities, they are false. You simply understand yourself, that you are Brahman, and no more activities, stop all activities, Brahman realization...&amp;quot; Their example is given that if you take an empty pitcher and you put into the water, so long it is not filled up, there will be some sound: &amp;quot;bud-bud-bud-bud-bud-bud.&amp;quot; And as soon as the pitcher is fully filled up, there is no, no more sound. So all these Vedic mantras and other..., they&#039;re only means. So when one is completely Brahman realized, then there is no more chanting, hearing or Vedic hymns. Everything stop. The same theory. Buddhist theory and Māyāvāda theory is almost practically the same. They are saying, &amp;quot;Make it zero,&amp;quot; and they are saying, &amp;quot;It is mithyā, false. Stop it.&amp;quot; Brahma satyam, brahma satyaṁ jagan... Brahma satya means Brahman realization, &amp;quot;I am Brahman. I am the same Supreme... So &#039;ham.&amp;quot; But that will not help you. That is simply theoretical. Practical is bhaktyā bhagavaty akhilātmani.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma_janati_means&amp;diff=537336</id>
		<title>Brahma janati means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Brahma_janati_means&amp;diff=537336"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:09:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Brahma janati means... to Brahma janati means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;brahma janati means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brahman|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Jnana|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary J-K-L]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG415BombayApril41974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;174&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.15 -- Bombay, April 4, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.15 -- Bombay, April 4, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This brahma jānāti means paraṁ brahma is Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.15 -- Bombay, April 4, 1974|Lecture on BG 4.15 -- Bombay, April 4, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Cause of all causes. When one is fully aware of this, he is brāhmaṇa Vaiṣṇava. Brahma jānātīti brāhmaṇa. This brahma jānāti means paraṁ brahma is Kṛṣṇa. One who knows what is Kṛṣṇa, &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is the origin. He&#039;s the original cause of all causes,&amp;quot; sarva-kāraṇa-kāraṇam (Bs. 5.1), so he is brāhmaṇa. He is Vedantist. He knows everything. And if he acts like that, then what to speak...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;That is advised here. Evaṁ jñātvā kṛtaṁ karma pūrvair api mumukṣubhiḥ. Evaṁ jñātvā. First of all it is the business of brāhmaṇa to understand. So if you cannot understand, then you do the business of kṣatriya. If you cannot do that, then do the business of a vaiśya. And if you cannot do that, then remain as a worker. Assist others. Assist the brāhmaṇa, the kṣatriya. So everyone will be engaged. And it is the duty of the government to see that nobody is unemployed. Then it will be devil&#039;s workshop. There will be so much movement, Communist movement, this movement, that movement, because everyone is not employed. The unemployment, devil&#039;s workshop, that is breeding so many isms and that... Otherwise, if anyone is engaged into work, his brain will not be a devil&#039;s workshop. He will work something.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bindu_means&amp;diff=537332</id>
		<title>Bindu means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bindu_means&amp;diff=537332"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:07:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bindu means... to Bindu means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bindu means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Drop|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkExcerptJanuary201977Bhuvanesvara_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;34&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk Excerpt -- January 20, 1977, Bhuvanesvara&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk Excerpt -- January 20, 1977, Bhuvanesvara&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bindu means drop. So the sarovara came into existence by contribution from all rivers.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk Excerpt -- January 20, 1977, Bhuvanesvara|Morning Walk Excerpt -- January 20, 1977, Bhuvanesvara]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Durbhikṣa. Anāvṛstya durbhikṣā kara-pīḍitaḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 12.2.9|SB 12.2.9]]). There will be no rainfall, scarcity of food, and government will tax. Government will contribute twenty-five crores, and they will tax three hundred crores on this beach.(?) And before giving twenty-five crores, the other three hundred crores they will divide amongst themselves. (chuckles) That&#039;s all. (break)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;(in a car driving through traffic)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Rāmeśvara: ...two demons, she was feeling thirst. So Lord Śiva with the end of his trident created this hole. And then he sent his bull carrier to gather waters from all the sacred rivers in the universe. An then Lord Brahmā came...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Bindu-sarovara. Drop by drop. Bindu means drop. So the sarovara came into existence by contribution from all rivers. (break) Bhuvaneśvara will help me. I have got little hint.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Gargamuni: Maybe we should build a permanent house for Your Divine Grace also.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: We shall build there, in our place.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Gargamuni: Yes, there. I mean a separate bungalow there.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No, if we build like Māyāpur, a portion is sufficient. It is well-known sanitarium. (end)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bimala_means&amp;diff=537330</id>
		<title>Bimala means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bimala_means&amp;diff=537330"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:06:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bimala means... to Bimala means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bimala means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Spotless|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Initiation Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Initiation Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;InitiationsNewYorkJuly231971_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;33&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Initiations -- New York, July 23, 1971&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Initiations -- New York, July 23, 1971&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bimalā means spotless, where there is no dirty things.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Initiations -- New York, July 23, 1971|Initiations -- New York, July 23, 1971]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Trivikrama: Bimali.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Hm?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Trivikrama: Bimali, B-i-m-a-l-i.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Bimalā, Bimalā. Bimalā means spotless, where there is no dirty things. You know the rules and regulations? Yes. If you follow the rules and regulation, then there will be no dirt. Hare Kṛṣṇa. (devotees chant japa) Ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanam ([[Vanisource:CC Antya 20.12|CC Antya 20.12]]). Our, this process is simply to make the mind dirtyless. We are... Our mind is full of dirty things, so this chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa means ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanam, cleansing the heart. And as soon as one is cleansed of the heart, that pure consciousness comes. Then he is liberated. Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam. All problems solved immediately. Due to misunderstanding of our position we have created so many dirty things. (doorbell rings) Hare Kṛṣṇa. Is there somebody?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Viṣṇujana: Door. (pause) Maṇḍaleśvara.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Maṇḍeleśvara. Maṇḍaleśvara means a leader, leader of a group. He is called maṇḍaleśvara. Not ordinary rogues&#039; group but Vaiṣṇava group. Hare Kṛṣṇa. There are different kinds of groups.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Viṣṇujana: Naradevī.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Naradevī. Naradevī means queen, like Queen Victoria. Is that all right? (laughter-girl offers obeisances) Hare Kṛṣṇa. Queen Victoria was very popular in British Empire. Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Trivikrama: Hṛṣīkeśa.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Hṛṣīkeśa. Hṛṣīkeśa means the same thing, master of the senses. Hṛṣīka means senses, and hṛṣīka-īśa..., īśa means ruler or master. So actually hṛṣīkeśa means Kṛṣṇa. He is the master of the senses. And bhakti means hṛṣīka..., hṛṣīkeṇa hṛṣīkeśa-sevanaṁ bhaktir ucyate ([[Vanisource:CC Madhya 19.170|CC Madhya 19.170]]). Our hṛṣīkeśa means if we be under the control of Hṛṣīkeśa, then these senses now being used for other purposes, upādhi, designations... Just like one is very busy in his national work. Means he is giving service to a designation, falsely thinking that &amp;quot;I am this body,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;This body is American,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;This body is Indian,&amp;quot; &amp;quot;This body is this.&amp;quot; So under this false impression he is giving service. This is one stage. And when we are freed from this, all these false impressions, and give service to Kṛṣṇa, that is our perfect stage. So Hṛṣīkeśa means Hṛṣīkeśa dāsa, to become the servant of the Hṛṣīkeśa. Kṛṣṇa is Hṛṣīkeśa, so your name is Hṛṣīkeśa dāsa. Come on. Hare Kṛṣṇa. All right.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: All glories to you, Śrīla Prabhupāda. (end)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuyo_means&amp;diff=537324</id>
		<title>Bhuyo means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuyo_means&amp;diff=537324"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:04:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhuyo means... to Bhuyo means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhuyo means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|04Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Again|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG71SanFranciscoSeptember101968_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;228&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, September 10, 1968&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, September 10, 1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhūyo means &amp;quot;again.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, September 10, 1968|Lecture on BG 7.1 -- San Francisco, September 10, 1968]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So Kṛṣṇa says that &amp;quot;I will explain to you, if you adopt this principle, that development of attachment with Kṛṣṇa, under My protection...&amp;quot; If you don&#039;t take the protection of Kṛṣṇa, then you cannot develop attachment for Kṛṣṇa. You have to accept. That development I have... The other day, I have explained to you that it takes place by giving something, by taking something, by disclosing something, by understanding something, by eating something, by giving Kṛṣṇa to eat something. By six processes. So Kṛṣṇa says, &amp;quot;I am speaking to you this jñānam,&amp;quot; sa-vijñānam. Jñānaṁ te aham sa-vijñānam idam. Sa-vijñānam means &amp;quot;with scientific knowledge.&amp;quot; Vakṣyāmy, &amp;quot;I&#039;ll say.&amp;quot; Yad jñātvā, &amp;quot;If you try to understand this knowledge, or if you understand this knowledge,&amp;quot; yaj jñātvā na iha, &amp;quot;not in this material world.&amp;quot; Na iha. Because in the spiritual world there is no ignorance. Spiritual life means full of knowledge, full of bliss, eternal life. So therefore Kṛṣṇa says that &amp;quot;If you understand this knowledge, the knowledge of Kṛṣṇa or the science of Kṛṣṇa, or the science of Kṛṣṇa consciousness,&amp;quot; yaj jñātvā na iha bhūyo. Bhūyo means &amp;quot;again.&amp;quot; Anyaj, &amp;quot;anything more.&amp;quot; Anyaj jñātavyam, &amp;quot;understandable,&amp;quot; avaśiṣyate, &amp;quot;there remains.&amp;quot; That means &amp;quot;If you understand as I am speaking to you, in science, practical and theoretical, if you understand this knowledge, then you&#039;ll have nothing to know. There is nothing more knowable to you in this world. That means your knowledge becomes full.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG72SanFranciscoSeptember111968_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;256&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.2 -- San Francisco, September 11, 1968&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.2 -- San Francisco, September 11, 1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhūyo means no more to understand anything. Everything is completely known.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.2 -- San Francisco, September 11, 1968|Lecture on BG 7.2 -- San Francisco, September 11, 1968]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So this is the process of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is the science of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and Kṛṣṇa is explaining personally. So yaj jñātvā, if we understand the science of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then there will be nothing unknown. Everything will be known. It is such a nice thing. Yaj jñātvā neha bhūyo &#039;nyaj jñātavyam avaśiṣyate. Bhūyo means no more to understand anything. Everything is completely known. Then the question may be why people do not understand Kṛṣṇa. That is, of course, a relevant question, and that is being answered by Kṛṣṇa in the next verse.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhutyai_means&amp;diff=537320</id>
		<title>Bhutyai means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhutyai_means&amp;diff=537320"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T14:03:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhutyai means... to Bhutyai means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhutyai means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|17Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Increase|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Opulence|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_7&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 7&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB7313_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_7&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;115&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 7.3.13&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 7.3.13&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The word bhūtyai means &amp;quot;for increasing opulence,&amp;quot; and the word śreyase refers to ultimately returning home, back to Godhead.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 7.3.13|SB 7.3.13, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;O Lord Brahmā, your position within this universe is certainly most auspicious for everyone, especially the cows and brāhmaṇas. Brahminical culture and the protection of cows can be increasingly glorified, and thus all kinds of material happiness, opulence and good fortune will automatically increase. But unfortunately, if Hiraṇyakaśipu occupies your seat, everything will be lost.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In this verse the words dvija-gavāṁ pārameṣṭhyam indicate the most exalted position of the brāhmaṇas, brahminical culture and the cows. In Vedic culture, the welfare of the cows and the welfare of the brāhmaṇas are essential. Without a proper arrangement for developing brahminical culture and protecting cows, all the affairs of administration will go to hell. Being afraid that Hiraṇyakaśipu would occupy the post of Brahmā, all the demigods were extremely disturbed. Hiraṇyakaśipu was a well-known demon, and the demigods knew that if demons and Rākṣasas were to occupy the supreme post, brahminical culture and protection of cows would come to an end. As stated in Bhagavad-gītā (5.29), the original proprietor of everything is Lord Kṛṣṇa (bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram). The Lord, therefore, knows particularly well how to develop the material condition of the living entities within this material world. In every universe there is one Brahmā engaged on behalf of Lord Kṛṣṇa, as confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (tene brahma hṛdaya ādi-kavaye). The principal creator in each brahmāṇḍa is Lord Brahmā, who imparts Vedic knowledge to his disciples and sons. On every planet, the king or supreme controller must be a representative of Brahmā. Therefore, if a Rākṣasa, or demon, were situated in Brahmā&#039;s post, then the entire arrangement of the universe, especially the protection of the brahminical culture and cows, would be ruined. All the demigods anticipated this danger, and therefore they went to request Lord Brahmā to take immediate steps to thwart Hiraṇyakaśipu&#039;s plan.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In the beginning of creation, Lord Brahmā was attacked by two demons—Madhu and Kaiṭabha—but Kṛṣṇa saved him. Therefore Kṛṣṇa is addressed as madhu-kaiṭabha-hantṛ. Now again, Hiraṇyakaśipu was trying to replace Brahmā. The material world is so situated that even the position of Lord Brahmā, not to speak of ordinary living entities, is sometimes in danger. Nonetheless, until the time of Hiraṇyakaśipu, no one had tried to replace Lord Brahmā. Hiraṇyakaśipu, however, was such a great demon that he maintained this ambition.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The word bhūtyai means &amp;quot;for increasing opulence,&amp;quot; and the word śreyase refers to ultimately returning home, back to Godhead. In spiritual advancement, one&#039;s material position improves at the same time that the path of liberation becomes clear and one is freed from material bondage. If one is situated in an opulent position in spiritual advancement, his opulence never decreases. Therefore such a spiritual benediction is called bhūti or vibhūti. Kṛṣṇa confirms this in Bhagavad-gītā (10.41). Yad yad vibhūtimat sattvaṁ. .. mama tejo-&#039;ṁśa-sambhavam: if a devotee advances in spiritual consciousness and thus becomes materially opulent also, his position is a special gift from the Lord. Such opulence is never to be considered material. At the present, especially on this planet earth, the influence of Lord Brahmā has decreased considerably, and the representatives of Hiraṇyakaśipu—the Rākṣasas and demons—have taken charge. Therefore there is no protection of brahminical culture and cows, which are the basic prerequisites for all kinds of good fortune. This age is very dangerous because society is being managed by demons and Rākṣasas.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuta_means&amp;diff=537308</id>
		<title>Bhuta means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuta_means&amp;diff=537308"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:58:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhuta means... to Bhuta means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhuta means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bhutas|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG3813NewYorkMay201966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;117&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 3.8-13 -- New York, May 20, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 3.8-13 -- New York, May 20, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhūta means ordinary, general living beings in our dealings.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 3.8-13 -- New York, May 20, 1966|Lecture on BG 3.8-13 -- New York, May 20, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So we are indebted. Deva, ṛṣi and bhūta. Bhūta means ordinary, general living beings in our dealings. Suppose if I go to consult some lawyer, I have to pay. If I want to consult some medical practitioner, I have to pay. So this is obligation. This is no mercy; this is obligation. Similarly, we are obliged in so many respects—to the supernatural power, to the sages, to the ordinary living beings, and to the animals also. Because we are drinking milk from the cows, so we are indebted. But instead of paying our indebtedness, we are killing. You see? These are all reactions. We are creating reactions. If you don&#039;t pay bill for the electricity for a many long time, your electricity will be cut off. Your telephone will be cut off. But we must be conscious of our indebtedness to so many things.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1106MayapuraJune211973_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;276&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.10.6 -- Mayapura, June 21, 1973&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.10.6 -- Mayapura, June 21, 1973&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Daiva means adhidaivika, and bhūta means adhibhautika, and ātmā means adhyātmika. Three kinds of miseries.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.10.6 -- Mayapura, June 21, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.10.6 -- Mayapura, June 21, 1973]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Therefore it is said, there are three kinds of miserable conditions: daiva, bhūta, ātmā. Daiva means adhidaivika, and bhūta means adhibhautika, and ātmā means adhyātmika. Three kinds of miseries. Adhyātmika, pertaining to your body and mind. Body, we have got, we have got experience, so many bodily troubles, anxieties. If not body, mental. These are called adhyātmika. Then adhibhautika. I am peaceful, but another neighbor, or another animal, will give me some trouble. I am peacefully sitting here, but these flies are giving me trouble unnecessarily. I have to take precaution. So there are flies, mosquitoes, at night so many other animals, they come. Besides that, my brother, my friend, they are also prepared to give me trouble. Some way or other, other living entities causing some painful condition. This is called adhibhautika. And adhidaivika. Daivika, painful condition created by the demigods. Just like there is hurricane all of a sudden. So many trees falls down, sometimes cottages devastated, overflood, excessive rain, overflood, famine, pestilence. You have no control. You cannot control. You can simply say, &amp;quot;In future.&amp;quot; That&#039;s all. But there is no control.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhusa_means&amp;diff=537306</id>
		<title>Bhusa means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhusa_means&amp;diff=537306"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:57:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhusa means... to Bhusa means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhusa means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|23Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|23Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ornaments|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_3&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 3&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB32223_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_3&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;889&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 3.22.23&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 3.22.23&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhūṣā means &amp;quot;ornaments,&amp;quot; vāsaḥ means &amp;quot;clothing,&amp;quot; and paricchadān means &amp;quot;various household articles.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 3.22.23|SB 3.22.23, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Empress Śatarūpā lovingly gave most valuable presents, suitable for the occasion, such as jewelry, clothes and household articles, in dowry to the bride and bridegroom.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;The custom of giving one&#039;s daughter in charity with a dowry is still current in India. The gifts are given according to the position of the father of the bride. Pāribarhān mahā-dhanān means the dowry which must be awarded to the bridegroom at the time of marriage. Here mahā-dhanān means greatly valuable gifts befitting the dowry of an empress. The words bhūṣā-vāsaḥ paricchadān also appear here. Bhūṣā means &amp;quot;ornaments,&amp;quot; vāsaḥ means &amp;quot;clothing,&amp;quot; and paricchadān means &amp;quot;various household articles.&amp;quot; All things befitting the marriage ceremony of an emperor&#039;s daughter were awarded to Kardama Muni, who was until now observing celibacy as a brahmacārī. The bride, Devahūti, was very richly dressed with ornaments and clothing.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;In this way Kardama Muni was married with full opulence to a qualified wife and was endowed with the necessary paraphernalia for household life. In the Vedic way of marriage such a dowry is still given to the bridegroom by the father of the bride; even in poverty-stricken India there are marriages where hundreds and thousands of rupees are spent for a dowry. The dowry system is not illegal, as some have tried to prove. The dowry is a gift given to the daughter by the father to show good will, and it is compulsory. In rare cases where the father is completely unable to give a dowry, it is enjoined that he must at least give a fruit and a flower. As stated in Bhagavad-gītā, God can also be pleased even by a fruit and a flower. When there is financial inability and no question of accumulating a dowry by another means, one can give a fruit and flower for the satisfaction of the bridegroom.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhurimanah_means&amp;diff=537304</id>
		<title>Bhurimanah means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhurimanah_means&amp;diff=537304"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:56:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhurimanah means... to Bhurimanah means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhurimanah means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|07Dec12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Proud|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Puffed Up|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB7910MontrealJuly91968_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;806&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 9, 1968&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 9, 1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;A person who is simply proud of his material qualification, bhūrimānaḥ... Bhūrimānaḥ means puffed up, Mr., Dr. Frog, puffed up: &amp;quot;Oh, I am such and such. I am such and such.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 9, 1968|Lecture on SB 7.9.10 -- Montreal, July 9, 1968]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Now, this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam which is full of the narration and topics of the Lord and His devotees... So devotees means one who talks about God, and God means His pastime with His devotee. Anyway, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam means the topics of the Lord, God. So Kṛṣṇa is within you. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, śṛṇvatām sva-kathāḥ kṛṣṇa. Those who are hearing about God, or Kṛṣṇa, and what sort of those topics? Now, puṇya-śravaṇa-kīrtanaḥ... One who is narrating and one who is hearing, both of them are being purified. Puṇya. Puṇya means pious, piety. Who, at least those who are hearing this Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, it is so nice that he is being purified. It is not that all of you are my students, or we are not We don&#039;t claim that we have become fully purified, but we have accepted the purificatory process, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So anyone who hears this chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa and kindly attends this class, he is also purified. Śṛnvatām sva-kathāḥ kṛṣṇaḥ puṇya-śravaṇa-tanaḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 1.2.17|SB 1.2.17]]). Kīrtana. This chanting is so nice that it makes people, one who is hearing, purified. So a person who is always thinking of Kṛṣṇa, always talking of Kṛṣṇa, then just imagine how much purified he is becoming. So puṇya-śravaṇa-kīrtanaḥ, hṛdy antaḥ stho hy abhadrāṇi vidhunoti suhṛt satyam. The Lord is friend of the devotee, and as soon as He sees—He is within you—that you are engaged in hearing about Him, He helps you. How He helps you? He cleanses your heart. Therefore a person, although he is born of low family, because he is thinking of Kṛṣṇa, or God, always, oh, he is being purified. Prahlāda Mahārāja gives us evidence that manye tad-arpita-manaḥ. Because he has placed his life, he has placed his endeavor, everything for Kṛṣṇa, by mind, by his body, by activities, therefore prāṇaṁ punāti sa kulaṁ: he is purifying not only himself but his whole family. This is a prerogative. If a boy becomes a devotee, the whole family becomes purified. Sva-kulaṁ. The whole family becomes purified. What best service he can give otherwise than by becoming the devotee of Lord? That is the best service to his father, mother, forefathers, grandfather, everyone. That we will find in this Prahlāda Mahārāja said, sva-kulaṁ. And na tu bhūrimānaḥ.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;But a person who is simply proud of his material qualification, bhūrimānaḥ... Bhūrimānaḥ means puffed up, Mr., Dr. Frog, puffed up: &amp;quot;Oh, I am such and such. I am such and such.&amp;quot; So he cannot purify himself, what to speak of his family. No. Kṛṣṇa consciousness is so nice that if one becomes Kṛṣṇa conscious, he purifies himself. Never mind wherever he is born. It doesn&#039;t matter. He is more than a brāhmaṇa, viprād dvi-ṣaḍ-guṇa, with all the qualifications. This is certified by Prahlāda Mahārāja. We have to accept it. Nobody can say that this Kṛṣṇa consciousness... There are many so-called, I mean to say, brāhmaṇas. They may say like that, that &amp;quot;How Kṛṣṇa conscious can be spread up in the Western countries?&amp;quot; No. That is not the fact. That fact, as it is said by Prahlāda Mahārāja: even the lowest of the lowest can be purified. There are many other statements.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhunjanah_means&amp;diff=537300</id>
		<title>Bhunjanah means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhunjanah_means&amp;diff=537300"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:54:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhunjanah means... to Bhunjanah means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhunjanah means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|25Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|25Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Eating|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB6126HonoluluMay261976_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;642&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.26 -- Honolulu, May 26, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.26 -- Honolulu, May 26, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prapiban means drinking, and bhuñjānaḥ means eating.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.26 -- Honolulu, May 26, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.26 -- Honolulu, May 26, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Sixth Canto, First Chapter, text number twenty-six. (chants verse responsively with devotees)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:bhuñjānaḥ prapiban khādan&lt;br /&gt;
:bālakaṁ sneha-yantritaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:bhojayan pāyayan mūḍho&lt;br /&gt;
:na vedāgatam antakam&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:SB 6.1.26|SB 6.1.26]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So this is the general way of life. Everyone is engaged in these material activities, and the basic principle of material activity is gṛhastha, family life. Family life, according to Vedic system, or anywhere, is responsible life to maintain the wife, children. Everyone is engaged. They think this is the only duty. &amp;quot;To maintain the family, that is my duty. As comfortably as possible. That is my duty.&amp;quot; One does not think that this kind of duty is performed even by animals. They have got also children, and they feed. What is the difference? Therefore here the word used is mūḍha. Mūḍha means ass. One who is engaged in such duties, bhuñjānaḥ prapiban khādan. Prapiban. Prapiban means drinking, and bhuñjānaḥ means eating. While eating, while drinking, khādan, while chewing, carva casya raja preya (?). There are four kinds of eatables. Sometimes we chew, sometimes we lick up, (Sanskrit) sometimes we swallow, and sometimes we drink. So there are four kinds of foodstuff. Therefore we sing catuḥ vidhā śrī-bhagavat-prasādāt. Catuḥ vidhā means four kinds. So we offer to the Deities so many foodstuffs within these four categories. Something is chewed, something is licked up, something is swallowed. In that way.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuman_means&amp;diff=537296</id>
		<title>Bhuman means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuman_means&amp;diff=537296"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:52:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhuman means... to Bhuman means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhuman means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Great|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB7948VrndavanaApril31976_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;854&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.48 -- Vrndavana, April 3, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.48 -- Vrndavana, April 3, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhūman means the great. That is greatness of Kṛṣṇa. &amp;quot;God is great.&amp;quot; We should understand how great He is.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.48 -- Vrndavana, April 3, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.9.48 -- Vrndavana, April 3, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prahlāda Mahārāja is describing the same thing, tvaṁ vāyur agnir avaniḥ. The same thing, kṣitir āp tej marud vyoma. Vāyu. Kṛṣṇa is air. Kṛṣṇa is fire. Kṛṣṇa is earth. Kṛṣṇa is water. Kṛṣṇa is sky. Kṛṣṇa is everything. Even the small, very, very minute particle, atom, that is also Kṛṣṇa. So if we always remember like that, our Kṛṣṇa consciousness will be very, very strong and established. That is wanted. Sthāvara-jaṅgama dekhi nā dekhe tāra mūrti ([[Vanisource:CC Madhya 8.274|CC Madhya 8.274]]). Why people come here? You have seen while you are walking, a devotee. He was taking the dust, Rāmaṇ Reti, and putting on his head. This is Vṛndāvana—the dust. Vṛndāvana dust is also Kṛṣṇa. Vṛndāvana dust is also Kṛṣṇa. So ārādhyo bhagavān vrajeṣa-tanaya tad dhāmaṁ vṛndāvanam. This is the verdict of the ācāryas. Vrajendra-nandana, Hari, Kṛṣṇa, He is worshipable, everyone knows. But His dhāma, Vṛndāvana, is also as good as Kṛṣṇa. It is also worshipable. Therefore so many devotees, they are keeping strictly in Vṛndāvana. This is the idea. We should not consider Vṛndāvana... Not even Vṛndāvana. Everywhere. Not that we limit Kṛṣṇa within Vṛndāvana. That is special, because Kṛṣṇa came here and displayed His pastimes, a special significance. But wherever you are in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, that is Vṛndāvana. Just like Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Wherever He was going He said that &amp;quot;It is Vṛndāvana.&amp;quot; After taking sannyāsa He was in Bengal, and He was thinking the Ganges as Yamunā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So these are not to be copied or imitated. Gradually, as we advance, we can understand that how Kṛṣṇa is all-pervasive. And something is described in the Bhagavad-gītā... You cannot say that &amp;quot;I have not seen Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; This is, I mean to say, foolishness. They say, &amp;quot;Can you show me Kṛṣṇa?&amp;quot; But thing is that he has no eyes to see Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa can be seen. Premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena (Bs. 5.38). If you increase your love for Kṛṣṇa, then you can see Kṛṣṇa every moment, everywhere. That is the way. Premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti. Those who are advanced, saintly persons, they see always Kṛṣṇa. That stage you have to reach. That is the idea. Sarvaṁ tvam eva saguṇo viguṇaś ca bhūman. Bhūman means the great. That is greatness of Kṛṣṇa. &amp;quot;God is great.&amp;quot; We should understand how great He is. This is the understanding of His greatness. Bhūman. If simply we say God is great and kūpa-maṇḍūkya-nyāya... You know the story, the frog within the well. So some friend says that &amp;quot;I have seen a great mass of water, Atlantic Ocean.&amp;quot; And how he can imagine what is Atlantic Ocean? He is thinking, &amp;quot;That water may be like this well, three feet. All right, accept four feet. Accept five feet. I can...&amp;quot; These rascals who does not know Kṛṣṇa, they think, &amp;quot;All right, Kṛṣṇa may be a little more intelligent than me. That&#039;s all.&amp;quot; In this way they are thinking. But here it is called bhūman. Bhūman means all-pervading. Sarvaṁ tvam eva saguṇo viguṇaś ca bhūman nānyat tvad asty api mano-vacasā niruktam. Even if you think that the sky is very, very great, that is also Kṛṣṇa. And if you think the atom is very, very small, that is also Kṛṣṇa. There is no, nothing greater than Kṛṣṇa, nothing smaller than Kṛṣṇa. These are two contradictory things. So simply if... &amp;quot;Kṛṣṇa is simply as big as the sky&amp;quot;—the Māyāvādī philosophy—&amp;quot;He cannot be small like the Deity.&amp;quot; That is their mistake. He is as big as the sky and as small as the atom. In the intermediate stage, He is everything. Why He cannot be smaller like the Deity, small Deity, so that I may have the facility to serve Him? I cannot serve Kṛṣṇa when He&#039;s as big as the sky. That is not possible. I cannot decorate Him when He shows His virāṭ-rūpa. I think the whole world&#039;s, all the mills, they cannot supply cloth. (laughter) But Kṛṣṇa agrees to become very small. With little cloth I can dress Him. And Kṛṣṇa accepts. Yo me bhaktyā prayacchati. Even little small piece of cloth the devotee is covering Kṛṣṇa and thinking that &amp;quot;I am dressing nicely.&amp;quot; Kṛṣṇa accepts that. That is Kṛṣṇa. Yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhujam_means&amp;diff=537292</id>
		<title>Bhujam means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhujam_means&amp;diff=537292"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:49:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhujam means... to Bhujam means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhujam  means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|02Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|02Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Eating|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG64647LosAngelesFebruary211969_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;224&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.46-47 -- Los Angeles, February 21, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.46-47 -- Los Angeles, February 21, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Viḍ-bhujām, viṭ means stool and bhujām means eater. So the stool-eater&#039;s sense gratification is not meant for this human form of life.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.46-47 -- Los Angeles, February 21, 1969|Lecture on BG 6.46-47 -- Los Angeles, February 21, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Materialistic way of life is that I have got nice senses, let me enjoy the senses to the fullest extent. That is materialistic way of life. Just like cats, dogs, and hogs. The hogs, whenever they are sexually inclined, they don&#039;t care for whether it is his mother or sister or this or that. You see? That is stated in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam: nāyaṁ deho deha-bhājāṁ nṛloke kaṣṭān kāmān arhate viḍ-bhujāṁ ye ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.1|SB 5.5.1]]). Viḍ-bhujām, viṭ means stool and bhujām  means eater. So the stool-eater&#039;s sense gratification is not meant for this human form of life. Stool-eater means these hogs. The hogs sense gratification is not meant for this human form of life. Restriction. Therefore in the human form of life there is marriage system. Why? What is the marriage and prostitution? Marriage system means restricting sex life. Marriage system does not mean that you get a wife, ah, without any payment you go on unrestricted sex life. No, that is not marriage. Marriage means to restrict your sex life. He&#039;ll hunt for sex life here and there—no, you cannot do that. Here is your wife and that is only for child. It is restriction.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuja_means&amp;diff=537290</id>
		<title>Bhuja means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhuja_means&amp;diff=537290"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:47:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhuja means... to Bhuja means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhuja means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Eating|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkJanuary81977Bombay_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;15&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- January 8, 1977, Bombay&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk -- January 8, 1977, Bombay&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhujā means eating.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk -- January 8, 1977, Bombay|Morning Walk -- January 8, 1977, Bombay]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Pūrṇam. Pūrṇam idam. Pūrṇam adaḥ (Īśopaniṣad, Invocation).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Dr. Patel: It was a challenge to one scientist who taught nonsense...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Well... What...?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Dr. Patel: One man challenged by me, a student, you know, &amp;quot;Sir, you said there is no God. Can you make a living cell even of a..., not of, much less animal, of a plant even?&amp;quot; And he looked with open mouth. &amp;quot;Can you make a single cell living? Cell of. Not of the whole tree.&amp;quot; That is nature. That is God. That is Kṛṣṇa.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-sthaṁ govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi (Bs. 5.35). Aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntarastham. Paramāṇu. Āṇu. Then paramāṇu means smaller than the atom. Six paramāṇus makes one āṇu. Atomic dimension is the combination of six paramāṇus. So in that paramāṇu also the Lord is there.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Dr. Patel: He made it, and then He entered into it. That is what the Veda says.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. Antara-stha. Yac-chakti... There is verse. The Paramātmā. Paramātmā is there. The whole human life is meant for understanding all this and glorifying the Lord. And they are wasting the life by imitating the hog. Nāyaṁ deho deha-bhājāṁ nṛloke kaṣṭān kāmān arhate viḍ-bhujaṁ ye ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.1|SB 5.5.1]]). Viḍ-bhujām. Viḍ means stool; bhujā means eating. Yac-chaktir eṣa... What is that? There is a verse. Eko &#039;py asau racayituṁ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭiṁ yac-chaktir asti jagad-aṇḍa-cayā yad-antaḥ, aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu... (Bs. 5.35).&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Dr. Patel: Jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Ekaḥ apy asya. Eko &#039;py asau racayituṁ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭim. They create millions of universes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Dr. Patel: But the standard of creation is the same, sir. That I believe of life. Wherever you see, it&#039;s the same. That is the greatness of God, that there is no change.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So without that...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Dr. Patel: If you are an amoeba or a highest evolved man, the system of life is the same.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Without...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhrtya_means&amp;diff=537282</id>
		<title>Bhrtya means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhrtya_means&amp;diff=537282"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:40:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhrtya means... to Bhrtya means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhrtya means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Servant|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB774044SanFranciscoMarch201967_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;781&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.7.40-44 -- San Francisco, March 20, 1967&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.7.40-44 -- San Francisco, March 20, 1967&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Amātya means minister, and bhṛtya, bhṛtya means servants, and āptā mean friends.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.7.40-44 -- San Francisco, March 20, 1967|Lecture on SB 7.7.40-44 -- San Francisco, March 20, 1967]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Now we are desiring so many things, kāmān kāmyair kāmayate. Kāmān means desirable, and kāmayate, we hanker after such desirables, kāmyaiḥ, being too much eager, greedy, for fulfilling those objects. Yad-artham iha puruṣaḥ sa vai dehas tu. And what is that kāma? What are those desirables? The desirables are simply for making this body perfect. Not perfect—comfortable. Perfect it cannot be, but as far as possible... We are manufacturing nice cushions for sitting comfortably, nice bedroom, buy nice motorcars, and... Everything for this body. The ultimate aim is to make this body comfortable. That&#039;s all. But Prahlāda Mahārāja says that the body itself, dehaḥ, sa vai dehas tu pārakyo bhaṅguro. Either you make your position secure and comfortable in this life or next life... Next life means there are many religious rituals which assures in your next life very comfortable life, very, I mean to say, long duration of life in other planets. So either you make arrangement in this life or in the next life, in the material world, if you make your next life in the spiritual world, then that is a different question. But so far we are materially concerned, either we make comfortable life in this life or in the next. But the body itself is kṣaṇa-bhaṅguraḥ, it is perishable. It is perishable. Sa vai dehas tu pārakyo bhaṅguro yāty upaiti.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:kim u vyavahitāpatya-&lt;br /&gt;
:dārāgāra-dhanādayaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:rājya-kośa-gajāmātya-&lt;br /&gt;
:bhṛtyāptā mamatāspadāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:SB 7.7.44|SB 7.7.44]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;They were all sons of big chieftains and ministers, and he was himself the son of the king, Hiraṇyakaśipu. Therefore he was speaking from his own standard. He says that kim u vyavahitāpatya-dārāgāra-dhanādayaḥ. Apatya means we are expanding. We are single. Now we are expanding by our children, apatya. And dāra means wife. The Sanskrit word strī... Strī means woman, and the root meaning of strī means &amp;quot;which expands.&amp;quot; As soon as you have got wife, you expand yourself. You are one, and as soon as you get your wife, you become three, four, five. So strī means that helps me expanding. That is the root meaning. So Prahlāda Mahārāja says that what is the use by expanding your attachment to this material world by children? Apatya-dāra. Dārāgāra. Dāra means wife, and āgāra means house. Dārāgāra-dhanadayaḥ. Dhanādayaḥ means riches. These are our expanding processes. And rājya, kingdom. Rājya. Kośa. Kośa means treasury. These are concerned with government. Government wants to expand. Rājya, kośa, and gaja. Gaja means elephant. The royal orders, they keep elephants. Especially in India, those who are princely order, they must keep at least dozens of elephants, and many thousands of horses. That is royal opulence. So rājya-kośa-gajāmātya. Amātya means minister, and bhṛtya, bhṛtya means servants, and āptā mean friends. That means, in other words, Prahlāda Mahārāja says that there is no necessity of expanding these material opulences.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhratuh_means&amp;diff=537280</id>
		<title>Bhratuh means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhratuh_means&amp;diff=537280"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:40:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhratuh means... to Bhratuh means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhratuh means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Brother|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB11312GenevaJune31974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;284&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.13.12 -- Geneva, June 3, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.13.12 -- Geneva, June 3, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhrātuḥ means brother, and jyeṣṭha means elder.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.13.12 -- Geneva, June 3, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.13.12 -- Geneva, June 3, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Vidura left his home for good. It is not that he has again come back to live with his family members. No. His only purpose was that his elder brother Dhṛtarāṣṭra was rotting there. He lost everything. He lost his kingdom, lost his sons, grandsons and everything. Still, he could not give up the so-called material happiness. He was... Of course, these Pāṇḍavas, they were treating Mahārāja Dhṛtarāṣṭra and his wife Gāndhārī very gorgeously as head of the family, but he was not ashamed that he intrigued so much difficulties and plot against the Pāṇḍavas. There was big fight, Kurukṣetra, in which he lost everything. Still, he was living under their care for some material comforts. So this was very shameful affair. So Vidura was very much attracted, attached to Mahārāja Dhṛtarāṣṭra. Therefore, bhrātur jyeṣṭhasya śreyas-kṛt. Bhrātuḥ means brother, and jyeṣṭha means elder. So actually, Vidura went there for the benefit of Dhṛtarāṣṭra. Therefore, kañcit kālam atha avātsīt. He decided to live at home along with the family members for some time.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhramadbhih_means&amp;diff=537274</id>
		<title>Bhramadbhih means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhramadbhih_means&amp;diff=537274"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:35:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhramadbhih means... to Bhramadbhih means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhramadbhih means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|21Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Transmigrating From One Body To Another|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB2319LosAngelesJune151972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;390&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.19 -- Los Angeles, June 15, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.19 -- Los Angeles, June 15, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhramadbhiḥ means transmigrating, wandering one after another.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.3.19 -- Los Angeles, June 15, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.3.19 -- Los Angeles, June 15, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Hm. This is very important verse. You can repeat this. One may take it by heart.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:aśītiṁ caturaś caiva lakṣāṁs tāñ jīva-jātiṣu&lt;br /&gt;
:bhramadbhiḥ puruṣaiḥ prāpyaṁ mānuṣyaṁ janma-paryayāt&lt;br /&gt;
:tad apy abhalatāṁ jātaḥ teṣām ātmābhimānināṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:varākāṇām anāśritya govinda-caraṇa-dvayam&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Repeat it. (Devotees say the verse.) So aśītim means eighty. Aśītiṁ caturaḥ. Caturaḥ means four. So eighty-four. Eighty plus four means eighty-four. Lakṣāṁs. Lakṣāṁs means hundreds of thousand. So eighty-four hundreds of thousands. Aśītiṁ caturaś caiva lakṣāṁs tāñ jīva-jātiṣu. Jīva-jāti. This is different species of living entities. Jīva-jāti. The hog species, the ass species, the dog species, just like they have got species. Jīva-jātiṣu. So in different species of living entities, they are counted, eighty-four hundreds of thousands, or 8,400,000. Bhramadbhiḥ. Bhramadbhiḥ means transmigrating, wandering one after another. Jalajā nava-lakṣāṇi sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati. There are 900,000 species within the water.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Then trees, plants. In this way, passing through different species of life, the living entity... Jīva-jātiṣu. Jīva-jātiṣu, in different species of life, he is transmigrating, one after another, one after another. Bhramadbhiḥ puruṣaiḥ. Puruṣa. Puruṣa means the living entity. The living entity is described here &amp;quot;puruṣa&amp;quot; because he wants to enjoy. Puruṣa is the enjoyer. Actually enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa, but we are imitating Kṛṣṇa. We want to become God. That is the Māyāvāda philosophy. That is our trouble. I am trying to imitate something which I cannot. Suppose if I want to be God, is it possible to become God? But they are trying to be. Bhramadbhiḥ puruṣaiḥ. So in this way, for this misunderstanding, he is falsely trying to have happiness through so many species of life. &amp;quot;Let me enter this life, let me enter that life, that life, that life, that ...&amp;quot; In this way he falls down. He is fallen already from Vaikuṇṭha planet. He is fallen in this material world, and he is again trying to make progress.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSBExcerptLosAngelesJuly31972_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;872&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 3, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 3, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhramadbhiḥ means transmigrating, wandering, one after another. Jalajā nava-lakṣāni sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati. There are 900,000 species within the water, then trees, plants... In this way passing through different species of life, the living entity, jīva-jātiṣu, jīva-jātiṣu, in different species of life, he is transmigrating one after another, one after another.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 3, 1972|Lecture on SB Excerpt -- Los Angeles, July 3, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Aśītim means eighty. Aśītiṁ caturas. Caturas means four. So eighty-four. Eighty plus four means eighty-four. Lakṣam. Lakṣam means hundreds of thousands. So eighty-four hundreds of thousands. Aśītiṁ caturāṁś caiva lakṣāṁs tān jīva-jātiṣu. Jīva-jāti, this is different species of living entities, jīva-jāti, the horse species, the ass species, the dog species. Just like they have got species, jīva-jātiṣu. So in different species of living entities they are counted eighty-four hundreds of thousands, or 8,400,000. Bhramadbhiḥ. Bhramadbhiḥ means transmigrating, wandering, one after another. Jalajā nava-lakṣāni sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati. There are 900,000 species within the water, then trees, plants... In this way passing through different species of life, the living entity, jīva-jātiṣu, jīva-jātiṣu, in different species of life, he is transmigrating one after another, one after another.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Bhramadbhiḥ puruṣaiḥ. Puruṣa means the living entity. The living entity is described here puruṣa because he wants to enjoy. Puruṣa is the enjoyer. Actually enjoyer is Kṛṣṇa, but we are imitating Kṛṣṇa. We want to become God. That is the Māyāvāda philosophy. And that is our trouble. I am trying to imitate something which I cannot. Suppose if I want to be God, is it possible to become God? But they are trying to be. Bhramadbhiḥ puruṣaiḥ. So in this way, for this misunderstanding, he is falsely trying to have happiness through so many species of life. &amp;quot;Let me enter this life. Let me enter that life, that life, that life, that.&amp;quot; In this way he falls down. He is fallen already. From Vaikuṇṭha planet he is fallen in this material world, and he is again trying to make progress. Prāptaṁ mānuṣam. In this way, after many, many births, he gets this human form of life, prāptaṁ mānuṣaṁ janma-paryāyāt, by the graduation, gradual evolution process. This is real evolution, not the body is changing. Body is already there. Jīva-jātiṣu, the jīva-jāti, species, are already there. That is the defect of Darwin&#039;s theory. He does not want... He does not know that the living entity is passing through different types of bodies, not that the body is changing. The bodies are already there.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;6&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1973 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1973 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;MorningWalkAtCheviotHillsGolfCourseMay171973LosAngeles_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1973_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;30&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Morning Walk At Cheviot Hills Golf Course -- May 17, 1973, Los Angeles&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Morning Walk At Cheviot Hills Golf Course -- May 17, 1973, Los Angeles&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhramadbhiḥ means transmigration, wandering from one body to another.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Morning Walk At Cheviot Hills Golf Course -- May 17, 1973, Los Angeles|Morning Walk At Cheviot Hills Golf Course -- May 17, 1973, Los Angeles]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Svarūpa Dāmodara: So I plan to expound the principle of transmigration through this verse.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. Transmigration. Bhramadbhiḥ. Bhramadbhiḥ means transmigration, wandering from one body to another. Just like I am here. I have got my this body, a dress, covering. And when I go India, this is not required. So they are taking that the body has evolved like that. But no. Here, under certain condition, I accept this dress. In another place, under certain condition, I accept another dress. So I am the important, not this dress. But these rascals are studying the dress only. That is called ātmābhimānām, considering of the dress, body.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhisak_means&amp;diff=537264</id>
		<title>Bhisak means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhisak_means&amp;diff=537264"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:32:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhisak means... to Bhisak means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhisak means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|24Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Physician|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB617HonoluluJune151975SundayFeastLecture_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;591&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.7 -- Honolulu, June 15, 1975, Sunday Feast Lecture&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.7 -- Honolulu, June 15, 1975, Sunday Feast Lecture&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhiṣak means physician.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.7 -- Honolulu, June 15, 1975, Sunday Feast Lecture|Lecture on SB 6.1.7 -- Honolulu, June 15, 1975, Sunday Feast Lecture]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So according to degree of sinful activities... So degree, the most sinful activity, according to Vedic information—to kill a child, to kill a woman, to kill a brāhmaṇa, and to kill a cow. This is very abominable punishment. Child, brāhmaṇa, cow, and woman, they are to be given protection by the laws of Vedic instruction. They have to be protected. So this should be very carefully done. Strī-śūdra-dvija-bandhūnām ([[Vanisource:SB 1.4.25|SB 1.4.25]]). Strī, they are considered either as innocent as the child or as innocent as the animal. So they should be given always protection. So here it is said that tasmāt puraiva āśu iha pāpa-niṣkṛtau. Very busy. We do not know when is, when we shall die. But we must know, we have committed so many sinful activities; therefore before the next death, yateta mṛtyor avipadyatātmanā. Mṛtyu: we have to die. Before death, we have to make the atonement. &amp;quot;Otherwise,&amp;quot; Śukadeva Gosvāmī says, &amp;quot;as I have already described the different position of hellish condition of life, one has to suffer.&amp;quot; And how it will be done? Doṣasya dṛṣṭvā lāghu..., guru-lāghavaṁ yathā. There are degrees. The first degree sinful activity I have already said. There are different degrees. So as the physician The example is given that bhiṣak cikitseta rujāṁ nidānavit. Bhiṣak means physician. You have got some pain, disease, ailments. He gives you Suppose you are suffering, so he sees that this suffering is not very serious. &amp;quot;All right, you take this tablet.&amp;quot; What is called? Anacin? &amp;quot;And you will be relived.&amp;quot; But if he has got a big boil, and it has got pus and bad (break)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;...decided in India still there is the system. Now everything is gone practically. But still the Vedic system is there that if one has committed... They are always conscious, the mass of people, not the so-called educated men, that &amp;quot;In the śāstra it is said that this is sinful.&amp;quot; So if he commits some sinful activity, he goes to a very expert brāhmaṇa. They are called bhaṭṭācārya. They are especial... Just like there are physicians for treatment of the disease, there are highly learned brāhmaṇas who are called bhaṭṭācāryas. People go there: &amp;quot;Sir, I have committed this sin. What I have to do?&amp;quot; So they prescribe that &amp;quot;You do like this.&amp;quot; So similarly, as we go to the physician, we have to go to consult an expert learned brāhmaṇa, that &amp;quot;I have committed...&amp;quot; But people used to understand that what is sinful and what is pious. Now people are so downtrodden, so dull, mandāḥ, that they do not understand what is sinful, what is pious. They are going on, doing all nonsense without any care. And there is no question of consulting physician or learned brāhmaṇa.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhinnam_means&amp;diff=537262</id>
		<title>Bhinnam means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhinnam_means&amp;diff=537262"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:28:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhinnam means... to Bhinnam means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhinnam means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab|Kanupriya|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|21Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|28Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=1|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|4}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Variegatedness|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 2&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 2&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB248_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_2&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;104&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 2.4.8&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 2.4.8&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Vibhūti means &amp;quot;specific powers,&amp;quot; and bhinnam means &amp;quot;variegated.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 2.4.8|SB 2.4.8, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This adaptability of an organism to different varieties of planets is described in the Brahma-saṁhitā as vibhūti-bhinnam; i.e., each and every one of the innumerable planets within the universe is endowed with a particular type of atmosphere, and the living beings there are more perfectly advanced in science and psychology because of a better atmosphere. Vibhūti means &amp;quot;specific powers,&amp;quot; and bhinnam means &amp;quot;variegated.&amp;quot; Scientists who are attempting to explore outer space and are trying to reach other planets by mechanical arrangements must know for certain that organisms adapted to the atmosphere of earth cannot exist in the atmospheres of other planets (Easy Journey to Other planets). One has to prepare himself, therefore, to be transferred to a different planet after being relieved of the present body, as it is said in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.25):&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:yānti deva-vratā devān&lt;br /&gt;
:pitṟn yānti pitṛ-vratāḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:bhūtāni yānti bhūtejyā&lt;br /&gt;
:yānti mad-yājino &#039;pi mām&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods, those who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings, and those who worship Me will live with Me.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Other Books by Srila Prabhupada&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Easy_Journey_to_Other_Planets&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Other_Books_by_Srila_Prabhupada&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Easy Journey to Other Planets&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Easy Journey to Other Planets&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;EJ1_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Easy_Journey_to_Other_Planets&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;OB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;EJ 1&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Easy Journey to Other Planets 1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Vibhūti means &amp;quot;specific power,&amp;quot; and bhinnam means &amp;quot;variegated.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:EJ 1|Easy Journey to Other Planets 1]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Vibhūti means &amp;quot;specific power,&amp;quot; and bhinnam means &amp;quot;variegated.&amp;quot; Scientists who are attempting to explore outer space in an attempt to reach other planets by mechanical means must realize that organisms adapted to the atmosphere of the earth cannot exist in the atmospheres of other planets. As such, man&#039;s attempts to reach the moon, the sun, or Mars will be completely futile because of the different atmospheres prevailing on those planets. Individually, however, one can attempt to go to any planet he desires, but this is only possible by psychological changes in the mind. Mind is the nucleus of the material body. The gradual evolutionary progress of the material body depends on psychological changes within the mind. The change of the bodily construction of a worm into that of a butterfly and, in modern medical science, the conversion of a man&#039;s body into that of a woman (or vice versa) are more or less dependent on psychological changes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB616BombayNovember61970_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;583&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Bombay, November 6, 1970&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Bombay, November 6, 1970&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;There are different kinds of planets. That we get from Vedic literatures. Vibhūti-bhinnam. Bhinnam means different, and vibhūti means opulence.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Bombay, November 6, 1970|Lecture on SB 6.1.6 -- Bombay, November 6, 1970]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;But there are different kinds of planets. That we get from Vedic literatures. Vibhūti-bhinnam. Bhinnam means different, and vibhūti means opulence. Every planet has got special opulence. Just like the moon planet. It is shining. It has got a special opulence—it is shining. The sun planet is so hot and so brilliant. Similarly, each and every planet, either small or big, they have got a particular type of opulence. That is stated in the Brahma-saṁhitā. Yasya prabhā prabhavato jagadaṇḍa-koṭi-koṭiṣv aśeṣa-vasudhādi-vibhūti-bhinnam (Bs. 5.40). Vibhūti-bhinnam. In this planet also, different places have got different opulence. Just like in India you will find throughout the whole year brilliant sunshine, and in Western countries, in London, hellish—always moist, raining, and cloudy. You cannot distinguish whether it is night or day.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB6122HonoluluMay221976_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;633&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.22 -- Honolulu, May 22, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 6.1.22 -- Honolulu, May 22, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;In each universe there are millions and trillions of planets, each one different from the other. Vibhūti-bhinnam. Bhinnam means separate.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 6.1.22 -- Honolulu, May 22, 1976|Lecture on SB 6.1.22 -- Honolulu, May 22, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;On the effulgence, shining of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s body, there are innumerable universes. Jagad-aṇḍa. Jagad-aṇḍa, this aṇḍa. You were talking of that egg. Aṇḍa means egg, egglike. Jagad-aṇḍa. Yasya prabhā jagad-aṇḍa koṭi, and koṭiṣu vasudhādi-vibhūti-bhinnam (Bs. 5.40). In each universe there are millions and trillions of planets, each one different from the other. Vibhūti-bhinnam. Bhinnam means separate. As here earth is prominent, somewhere the fire is prominent, somewhere the air is prominent, but the whole thing is made of these five elements—earth, water, air, fire—that&#039;s all. So why should you deny that &amp;quot;Fire—no living entities&amp;quot;? You cannot live in the fire; you cannot live in the water. Does it mean others cannot? This is foolishness.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhiksu_means&amp;diff=537258</id>
		<title>Bhiksu means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhiksu_means&amp;diff=537258"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:25:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhiksu means... to Bhiksu means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhiksu means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Beggar|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationFebruary41977Calcutta_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;79&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- February 4, 1977, Calcutta&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- February 4, 1977, Calcutta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhikṣu means beggar.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- February 4, 1977, Calcutta|Room Conversation -- February 4, 1977, Calcutta]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Call them. Because people are falsely proud, therefore we approach them in a humble way... That also, we do not beg. We give something and take something, exchange, and give something which is appreciated by the greatest learned circle. And you are saying we are begging?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Satsvarūpa: Sometimes they don&#039;t give books. They just give a flower or...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That&#039;s all right. That is also humble way. Unless...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Satsvarūpa: But mostly we do books.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes, mostly we do. Don&#039;t say about that flower. That may be. That is also not restricted. We can beg. In India still, high scholarly sannyāsīs, they beg. That is allowed. Bhikṣu. They like. Tridaṇḍī-bhikṣu. So begging in Vedic culture is neither illegal nor shameful—by the proper person. Begging is allowed to the brahmacārīs, to the sannyāsīs. And they like openly. Tridaṇḍī-bhikṣu. Bhikṣu means beggar.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Satsvarūpa: Tridaṇḍī-bhikṣu.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. Here, the Indian culture, brahmacārī, sannyāsī and brāhmaṇa, they are allowed to beg alms. That is the Vedic culture. And the householders treat them as their own children. This is the relationship.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Satsvarūpa: But what if it&#039;s done in a culture where this is entirely different?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Therefore there are hippies. This is your culture hippies and murderer in the name of religion. This is their culture. And abortion. Because there is no such culture, therefore the result is the abortion and killing and bombing, making the whole atmosphere abominable. This is your culture. Fighting between Protestant and Catholics, and bombing... People are terrified. They cannot go out in the street. This is your culture. And begging is bad. To keep the people, whole population, in terrified condition, that is very good, and if anyone in a humble way begs, that is bad. This is your culture. Vedic way allows the brahmacārī to beg just to learn humbleness, not beggar. Coming from very big, big family all family, they practice it. This is not begging. This is to learn how to become humble and meek. And Christ said, &amp;quot;To the humble and meek, God is available.&amp;quot; It is not begging. You do not know what is this culture. You have your own culture, devil&#039;s culture, to kill even one&#039;s own child. How you&#039;ll understand what is this culture? Am I right or wrong?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhiksa_means&amp;diff=537256</id>
		<title>Bhiksa means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhiksa_means&amp;diff=537256"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:25:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhiksa means... to Bhiksa means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhiksa means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|31Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Alms|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1977 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationJanuary81977Bombay_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1977_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;16&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- January 8, 1977, Bombay&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation -- January 8, 1977, Bombay&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhikṣa means giving alms. At least every woman becomes a bhikṣa-mātā, alms-giving mother.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation -- January 8, 1977, Bombay|Room Conversation -- January 8, 1977, Bombay]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Another system is: during the initiation time, somebody becomes godmother of the brahmacārī and gives some money.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Hari-śauri: It&#039;s described here. It says, &amp;quot;Kuvera gave Him a pot for begging alms, and mother Bhagavati, the wife of Lord Śiva and most chaste mother of the entire universe, gave Him His first alms.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Bhikṣa-mātā. Bhikṣa means giving alms. At least every woman becomes a bhikṣa-mātā, alms-giving mother. This is system. My mother was bhikṣa-mātā to one brāhmaṇa. He is the son of our priest. Family priest, family guru, vipra-mātā, still in Hindu family, the system is still going on, brāhmaṇa visiting daily, informing, &amp;quot;Today is this tithi. The duty is this, the sunrise at this time is...&amp;quot; This is brāhmaṇa&#039;s duty, to go to the neighboring householders, and whatever they give, take. That is brāhmaṇa&#039;s art. At the same time, they keep some medicine. Every house there is some ailments. They&#039;ll give some medicine. Still. Now it is not so... In our childhood every day some brāhmaṇa visitor would come. So I will take massage like yesterday, early.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhih_means&amp;diff=537254</id>
		<title>Bhih means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhih_means&amp;diff=537254"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:24:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhih means... to Bhih means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhih means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|01Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fearfulness|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG61121NewYorkSeptember71966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;213&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhīḥ means fearfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966|Lecture on BG 6.11-21 -- New York, September 7, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Here it is said that in order to keep yourself alive, you have to always see the upper portion of your nose. Samprekṣya nāsikāgraṁ svaṁ diśaś cānavalokayan. And you cannot see that who is coming there, &amp;quot;Oh, who is here? Some tiger is coming or something is coming?&amp;quot; No. No fear. Because you are put in a Himalaya, in a secluded place, and in a sanctified place. So you haven&#039;t got to, for any other reason, you haven&#039;t got to move your neck. That is not possible in the society. You must have to go in a secluded place. There are so many disturbance. At once, disturbance is there and I have to look, &amp;quot;Who is there?&amp;quot; This is the position here. But here it is said that you cannot move your head. You have to sit down straight, that your neck and skull and body should be in one straight line, and you have to see the upper portion of your nose always. That is the system. Praśāntātmā vigata-bhīr brahmacāri-vrate sthitaḥ (Bg. 6.13-14). Then one should be undisturbed in mind. A man who is always disturbed in mind, he cannot perform yoga. That is not possible. And vigata-bhīḥ. Bhīḥ means fearfulness. One who has no fear. If he has got fear, then how he can go out of home in the jungle? That is not possible. That is another qualification for executing yoga. Not only for yoga. Any person who is trying to elevate himself in the spiritual line, he has to become fearless. Vigata-bhīḥ.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1831MayapuraOctober111974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;225&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.8.31 -- Mayapura, October 11, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.8.31 -- Mayapura, October 11, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhīḥ means personified, personified fearfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.31 -- Mayapura, October 11, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.8.31 -- Mayapura, October 11, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So everyone is afraid of the superintendent of police. Especially those criminals, they are very much afraid. But why the governor should be afraid of the police superintendent? As that is not possible, that is unnatural, similarly, if there is any director of the fear department in the kingdom of Kṛṣṇa, so he&#039;s afraid of Kṛṣṇa because everyone is servant. Ekale īśvara kṛṣṇa āra saba bhṛtya ([[Vanisource:CC Adi 5.142|CC Adi 5.142]]). Whoever may be... Just like Goddess Kālī. She is personified fear. Just see, just imagine the bodily feature of Goddess Kālī. She is killing all the asuras. So many asuras has been killed that all their heads have been made into a garland, and she is putting on the shoulder. And one asura killed, and she has taken the head in the left hand. And the other hand is engaged with the, what is called, chopper? Khaṅga. What is the English of khaṅga?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee (1): Chopper.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Chopper?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee (2): Sword?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. And the, she&#039;s standing, bhīḥ, bhīr api. Bhīḥ means personified, personified fearfulness. So those who are criminals, they worship Kālī, Goddess Kālī: &amp;quot;Mother, please excuse me. I, I am criminal. I&#039;ll give you one goat.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So these things are going on in the name of worshiping God. But that is not God worship. That is worshiping the fearful personified by the criminals. Just Durgā... Kālī is expansion of Durgā. Just like Viṣṇu is expansion of Kṛṣṇa, similarly, Kṛṣṇa&#039;s energy... Energy has also many expansions. Daśā mahā-vidyā. There are many expansions of Durgā because she has to look after... Just like police department. Police department is there, but there are many officers in that police department. Similarly, Durgā is the superintendent of police of this universe. Durgā. Durgā means the fort, durgā. Ga means going, and dur means difficulty.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhidyate_means&amp;diff=537252</id>
		<title>Bhidyate means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhidyate_means&amp;diff=537252"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:23:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhidyate means... to Bhidyate means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhidyate means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|13Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|13Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Cut|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1221LosAngelesAugust241972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;85&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.21 -- Los Angeles, August 24, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.21 -- Los Angeles, August 24, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhidyate means cut into pieces.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.21 -- Los Angeles, August 24, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.21 -- Los Angeles, August 24, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So bhidyate means cut into pieces. What is that? Knot. Hṛdaya-granthi. Hṛdaya means heart, and granthi means knot. So our everyone&#039;s heart is knot. What is that knot? The knot is sex. Puṁsaḥ striyā mithunī-bhāvam etam ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.8|SB 5.5.8]]). This is knot. The material enjoyment begins There is, everyone&#039;s heart, man, woman... Man wants to have woman; woman wants to have man. This is searching after. And some way or other, if they unite, the knot becomes tied up, very strong. That is called knot. Then as soon as the knot is there, then house, then land, then gṛha-kṣetra-suta, children. Then friends, then money. In this way, one after another, one after another, we become knotted in so many things. This is called knot. Hṛdaya-granthi, one after the other. Just like, to make it tight, you give one knot, again a knot, another knot, another knot, another knot, to make it secure. So this is our position. This material world, we are knotted in so many ways, and we are creating more knot.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhidam_means&amp;diff=537250</id>
		<title>Bhidam means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhidam_means&amp;diff=537250"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:22:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhidam means... to Bhidam means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhidam means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|09Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|09Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Different|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 4&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 4&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB4754_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_4&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;281&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 4.7.54&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 4.7.54&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhidām means &amp;quot;different.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 4.7.54|SB 4.7.54, Translation and Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Lord continued: One who does not consider Brahmā, Viṣṇu, Śiva or the living entities in general to be separate from the Supreme, and who knows Brahman, actually realizes peace; others do not.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Two words are very significant in this verse. Trayāṇām indicates &amp;quot;three,&amp;quot; namely Lord Brahmā, Lord Śiva and Lord Viṣṇu. Bhidām means &amp;quot;different.&amp;quot; They are three, and therefore they are separate, but at the same time they are one. This is the philosophy of simultaneous oneness and difference, which is called acintya-bhedābheda-tattva. The example given in the Brahma-saṁhitā is that milk and yogurt are simultaneously one and different; both are milk, but the yogurt has become changed. In order to achieve real peace, one should see everything and every living entity, including Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva, as nondifferent from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. No one is independent. Every one of us is an expansion of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This accounts for unity in diversity. There are diverse manifestations, but, at the same time, they are one in Viṣṇu. Everything is an expansion of Viṣṇu&#039;s energy.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bheri-ghosena_means&amp;diff=537248</id>
		<title>Bheri-ghosena means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bheri-ghosena_means&amp;diff=537248"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:22:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bheri-ghosena means... to Bheri-ghosena means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bheri-ghosena means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|24Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bugle|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary G-H-I]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;General_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;General Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;General Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SundayFeastLectureLosAngelesMay211972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;General_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;116&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Sunday Feast Lecture -- Los Angeles, May 21, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Sunday Feast Lecture -- Los Angeles, May 21, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bherī-ghoṣeṇa means by sound of bugle. Formerly, when there was some declaration by the king, by the government, one should go in the marketplace and, the government men, and take a drum and one bugle, and they&#039;ll declare, &amp;quot;This is the law from this day.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Sunday Feast Lecture -- Los Angeles, May 21, 1972|Sunday Feast Lecture -- Los Angeles, May 21, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bherī-ghoṣeṇa means by sound of bugle. Formerly, when there was some declaration by the king, by the government, one should go in the marketplace and, the government men, and take a drum and one bugle, and they&#039;ll declare, &amp;quot;This is the law from this day.&amp;quot; That&#039;s all. No more gazette. So, this is the old system. Somewhere it&#039;s still existing. So the Vena king declared that &amp;quot;These are all nonsense.&amp;quot; What is this? Na yaṣṭavyam: &amp;quot;No more worship of God, no more sacrifice.&amp;quot; Na dātavyam: &amp;quot;No more charity. Stop all this!&amp;quot; Na dātavyaṁ na hotavyam: &amp;quot;No more offering oblations to the fire, sacrifice.&amp;quot; Dvijāḥ kvacit iti. This business was meant for the brāhmaṇas; therefore, dvija, he&#039;s restricting the brāhmaṇas that &amp;quot;Don&#039;t do all this nonsense anymore.&amp;quot; Dvijāḥ kvacit. Iti nyavārayad dharmam: &amp;quot;In this way he stopped all religious activities.&amp;quot; Bherī-ghoṣeṇa sarvaśaḥ.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bheri_means&amp;diff=537246</id>
		<title>Bheri means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bheri_means&amp;diff=537246"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:21:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bheri means... to Bheri means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bheri means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|17Feb12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bugle|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1972_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1972 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1972 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationIncludingDiscussiononSB41348toSB41411January181972Jaipur_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1972_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation Including Discussion on SB 4.13.48 to SB 4.14.11 -- January 18, 1972, Jaipur&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation Including Discussion on SB 4.13.48 to SB 4.14.11 -- January 18, 1972, Jaipur&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bherī means bugle.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation Including Discussion on SB 4.13.48 to SB 4.14.11 -- January 18, 1972, Jaipur|Room Conversation Including Discussion on SB 4.13.48 to SB 4.14.11 -- January 18, 1972, Jaipur]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;By bugle announcement. In your country, I do not know, maybe. It is here in India still existing that if some public announcement has to be done, one takes a drum or bugle, he stands in one place and bugles or beats the drum, people when gathered they announce something that &amp;quot;This will be done. This is the order of the king or the state.&amp;quot; Is there any such system in England?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Śyāmasundara: Formerly there was.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Huh?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Śyāmasundara: Formerly there was. A town crier.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Trumpeting.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Śyāmasundara: They call it town crier.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Town crier, yes, yes.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Śyāmasundara: He would go around and announce.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes, the town crier. So the town crier began to preach that &amp;quot;No more any sacrifice or yajña. Stop all this nonsense. No more Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.&amp;quot; (chuckles) Yes, they... Just like in Russia we are afraid or China, yes. They will immediately arrest. So this declaration was there, public. Na yaṣṭavyaṁ na, no charity, no more charity. Just like government at the present moment, they are allowing charity still, but most of the portion of the income they take away by income tax so that one may not have any power to give in charity. So at the present moment, the government does not declare that charity is illegal, but that time is coming very soon, very soon. As soon as there will be Communist government... Our Indira Gandhi is cooperating with the Russians, and as soon as she is under the control of the Russians, gradually Communism will be introduced. People are afraid of this attempt by Indira Gandhi.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So anyway, these such things were existing formerly also, but they were not very common affair. Sometimes after many, many years, a bad king would come. Throughout the history, at least in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, we find this one king only, Vena, who declared the sacrifice, charity illegal. na yaṣṭavyaṁ na dātavyaṁ na hotavyaṁ dvijāḥ kvacit ([[Vanisource:SB 4.14.6|SB 4.14.6]]), by the brāhmaṇas. Just like the other day it was published in the paper that this India spiritual, this is a myth. They are also declaring. Iti nyavārayad dharmaṁ. So execution of religious principle was forbidden, nyavārayat. Bherī-ghoṣeṇa, bherī means bugle, by bugle, sarvaśaḥ, everywhere.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:venasyāvekṣya munayo&lt;br /&gt;
:durvṛttasya viceṣṭitam&lt;br /&gt;
:vimṛśya loka-vyasanaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:kṛpayocuḥ sma satriṇaḥ&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:SB 4.14.7|SB 4.14.7]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So all the great sages and saintly persons, brāhmaṇas, they assembled together and began to consider, &amp;quot;Now what to be done? This rascal king has declared like this and making things hellish, what to do?&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavausadhi_means&amp;diff=537234</id>
		<title>Bhavausadhi means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavausadhi_means&amp;diff=537234"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:14:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhavausadhi means... to Bhavausadhi means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhavausadhi means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|27Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bhava|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1166LosAngelesJanuary31974_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;323&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.16.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.16.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This word bhavauṣadhi means the panacea for all material diseases.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.16.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.16.6 -- Los Angeles, January 3, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;What is the value of your independence? Can you avoid death? Suppose you are independent. What is the meaning of this independence? When death will come, will catch you by your neck and throw you away, your independence, nonsense independence... What is the value of this independence? Be independent from the clutches of māyā. No more death—that is independence. That is independence. No more birth—oh, that is independence. No more death. Otherwise what is the meaning of independence? You are not independent. You are under the clutches of māyā. You are struggling. You are struggling to get out of the clutches of māyā or the material nature, external energy of God. You are trying to make nice medicine to get out of the attack of disease. But you can manufacture a better medicine, but you cannot get out of disease. That is not possible. This is struggle. Now we have manufactured such a nice medicine that cancer or any other disease will not attack us. That is very nice. But find out some medicine that death will not attack you. &amp;quot;Oh, that is not possible.&amp;quot; Then where is the meaning of your advancement?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is that medicine by which you can conquer over death. Therefore this is the best medicine. Bhavauṣadhi. It is said in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, bhavauṣadhi. Nivṛtta-tarṣair upagīyamānāt... (aside:) You can stand on the wall, not in the middle. Nivṛtta-tarṣair upagīyamānād bhavauṣadhāt ([[Vanisource:SB 10.1.4|SB 10.1.4]]). This word bhavauṣadhi means the panacea for all material diseases. Bhavauṣadhāc chrotra-mano-&#039;bhirāmāt. Parīkṣit Mahārāja says that this chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, it is chanted by whom? Nivṛtta-tarṣaiḥ, one who has finished his hankering after material pleasure. Nivṛtti. Nivṛtti means finished, no more. There are two ways: pravṛtti and nivṛtti. I want to smoke—that is called pravṛtti. And when I give up, that is called nivṛtti. Pravṛtti and nivṛtti.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB32640BombayJanuary151975_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;496&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.26.40 -- Bombay, January 15, 1975&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.26.40 -- Bombay, January 15, 1975&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavauṣadhi means bhava. Bhava means this repeated birth and death.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.26.40 -- Bombay, January 15, 1975|Lecture on SB 3.26.40 -- Bombay, January 15, 1975]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So to know Kṛṣṇa means know everything, because Kṛṣṇa is everything. How Kṛṣṇa is working in everything, even in different parts of our limbs, represented by demigods, they are all described. Even our eyelids moving under the direction of some demigod. And demigods, they are different parts and parcels, bodily limbs of whole Kṛṣṇa. So do not mind, &amp;quot;Why Bhāgavata is studying Kṛṣṇa so analytically?&amp;quot; That is required. If we understand Kṛṣṇa by analytical study, how His divine power is working throughout the whole universe, within the atom, within myself, within the movable, immovable, everywhere, antaryāmī... Eko &#039;py asau racayituṁ jagad-aṇḍa-koṭim (Bs. 5.35). Jagad-aṇḍa-koṭi. This universe, that is not one universe. We are in one of the universes. And Caitanya Mahāprabhu has described, &amp;quot;As there are many multimillions of mustard seed within a bag...&amp;quot; Just imagine. If you bring one bag of mustard seed, round, round. So that round, round seed, that each and every universe. So one devotee of Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Vāsudeva Datta, he prayed to Caitanya Mahāprabhu, &amp;quot;Sir, You have come. You deliver all these fallen souls, conditioned souls within the universe. Your kindness can do that. And if You think they are so sinful they cannot be delivered, then I am prepared to take all their sins. I shall remain here alone to suffer. You kindly deliver them.&amp;quot; This is Vaiṣṇava desire. Vaiṣṇava is not selfish. He is... Vaiṣṇava&#039;s real qualification is para-duḥkha-duḥkhī: he is unhappy by seeing others unhappy.&amp;quot; Personally he has no unhappiness. Why he should be unhappy? He has got Kṛṣṇa. But as he has become happy by getting Kṛṣṇa, so he wants others also to become happy, and therefore he tries to spread Kṛṣṇa consciousness. This is called para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. He knows that all these conditioned souls, they are, I mean to say, rotting in this material world and suffering. And the only remedy is Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That&#039;s a fact. Only remedy is. Bhavauṣadhāc chrotra mano-&#039;bhirāmāt.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;This was recommended by Śrīla Parīkṣit Mahārāja, the king. He said that this Kṛṣṇa consciousness is bhavauṣadhi. Bhavauṣadhi means bhava. Bhava means this repeated birth and death. Bhava means you be and again you not be, not be for few months. Our death means a sleeping for seven months. That is the description we get from the śāstras. Just like you go on sleep every night, so death means to sleep for seven months, unconsciousness, very deep sleep, in the womb of the mother. Then, as soon as another body is grown up by the ingredients supplied by mother&#039;s body or nature, then we get back again consciousness. Just like when we sleep deeply, there is no consciousness. There is consciousness—this is called suṣupti, unconscious. So again, as soon as the body is complete, then we get back our consciousness. Then we become in sleepy condition. Then again, when we come out of the mother&#039;s abdomen, that is awakening state. There are three states of conditions: jāgara, suṣupti, and svapna-dreaming condition, awakening condition, and unconscious or deep... Actually, we do not die. Na jāyate na mriyate vā kadācit. There is no question of death. It is simply sleeping or deep sleeping, like that.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavausadhat_means&amp;diff=537232</id>
		<title>Bhavausadhat means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavausadhat_means&amp;diff=537232"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:13:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhavausadhat means... to Bhavausadhat means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhavausadhat means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|18Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|18Jan12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=0|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Universal|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Remedy|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_101_to_1013&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;10&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 10.1 to 10.13&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB10169_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_10.1_to_10.13&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;64&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 10.1.69&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 10.1.69&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavauṣadhāt means &amp;quot;from the universal remedy.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 10.1.69|SB 10.1.69, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavauṣadhāt means &amp;quot;from the universal remedy.&amp;quot; Chanting the holy name and glorifying the Supreme Lord are the universal remedy for all the miseries of materialistic life. Persons who desire to be freed from this material world are called mumukṣu. Such persons can understand the miseries of materialistic life, and by glorifying the activities of the Lord they can be released from all these miseries. The transcendental sound vibrations concerning the Lord&#039;s name, fame, form, qualities and paraphernalia are all nondifferent from the Lord. Therefore the very sound vibration of the Lord&#039;s glorification and name are pleasing to the ears, and by understanding the absolute nature of the Lord&#039;s name, form and qualities the devotee becomes joyful. Even those who are not devotees, however, enjoy the pleasing narrations of the Lord&#039;s transcendental activities. Even ordinary persons not very much advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness take pleasure in describing the narrations depicted in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. When a materialistic person is purified in this way, he engages in hearing and chanting the glories of the Lord. Because glorification of the Lord&#039;s pastimes is very pleasing to the ear and heart of the devotee, it is simultaneously his subject and object.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavani_means&amp;diff=537228</id>
		<title>Bhavani means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavani_means&amp;diff=537228"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:11:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhavani means... to Bhavani means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhavani means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab|Kanupriya|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|19Nov11}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|28Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=2|CC=1|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|6}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wife Of...|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Siva|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Preface_and_Introduction&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Preface and Introduction&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Preface and Introduction&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SBIntroduction_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Preface_and_Introduction&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB Introduction&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB Introduction&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavānī means the wife of Śiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB Introduction|SB Introduction]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;During this time a great Kashmir scholar named Keśava Kāśmīrī came to Navadvīpa to hold discussions on the śāstras. The Kashmir paṇḍita was a champion scholar, and he had traveled to all places of learning in India. Finally he came to Navadvīpa to contest the learned paṇḍitas there. The paṇḍitas of Navadvīpa decided to match Nimāi Paṇḍita (Lord Caitanya) with the Kashmir paṇḍita, thinking that if Nimāi Paṇḍita were defeated, they would have another chance to debate with the scholar, for Nimāi Paṇḍita was only a boy. And if the Kashmir paṇḍita were defeated, then they would even be more glorified because people would proclaim that a mere boy of Navadvīpa had defeated a champion scholar who was famous throughout India. It so happened that Nimāi Paṇḍita met Keśava Kāśmīrī while strolling on the banks of the Ganges. The Lord requested him to compose a Sanskrit verse in praise of the Ganges, and the paṇḍita within a short time composed a hundred ślokas, reciting the verses like a storm and showing the strength of his vast learning. Nimāi Paṇḍita at once memorized all the ślokas without an error. He quoted the sixty-fourth śloka and pointed out certain rhetorical and literary irregularities. He particularly questioned the paṇḍita&#039;s use of the word bhavānī-bhartuḥ. He pointed out that the use of this word was redundant. Bhavānī means the wife of Śiva, and who else can be her bhartā, or husband? He also pointed out several other discrepancies, and the Kashmir paṇḍita was struck with wonder. He was astonished that a mere student of grammar could point out the literary mistakes of an erudite scholar. Although this matter was ended prior to any public meeting, the news spread like wildfire all over Navadvīpa. But finally Keśava Kāśmīrī was ordered in a dream by Sarasvatī, the goddess of learning, to submit to the Lord, and thus the Kashmir paṇḍita became a follower of the Lord.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_3&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 3&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 3&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB3231_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_3&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;904&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 3.23.1&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 3.23.1&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavānī means the wife of Bhava, or Lord Śiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 3.23.1|SB 3.23.1, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The specific example of Bhavānī is very significant. Bhavānī means the wife of Bhava, or Lord Śiva. Bhavānī, or Pārvatī, the daughter of the King of the Himalayas, selected Lord Śiva, who appears to be just like a beggar, as her husband. In spite of her being a princess, she undertook all kinds of tribulations to associate with Lord Śiva, who did not even have a house, but was sitting underneath the trees and passing his time in meditation. Although Bhavānī was the daughter of a very great king, she used to serve Lord Śiva just like a poor woman. Similarly, Devahūti was the daughter of an emperor, Svāyambhuva Manu, yet she preferred to accept Kardama Muni as her husband. She served him with great love and affection, and she knew how to please him. Therefore, she is designated here as sādhvī, which means &amp;quot;a chaste, faithful wife.&amp;quot; Her rare example is the ideal of Vedic civilization. Every woman is expected to be as good and chaste as Devahūti or Bhavānī.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CC_Adi-lila&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;CC Adi-lila&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;CC Adi-lila&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;CCAdi1663_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;CC_Adi-lila&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;CC&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;1891&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;CC Adi 16.63&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;CC Adi 16.63&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:CC Adi 16.63|CC Adi 16.63, Translation]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;trans text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;“The word &amp;quot;bhavānī&amp;quot; means &amp;quot;the wife of Lord Śiva.&amp;quot; But when we mention her husband, one might conclude that she has another husband.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB566VrndavanaNovember281976_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;572&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 5.6.6 -- Vrndavana, November 28, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 5.6.6 -- Vrndavana, November 28, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavānī means the wife of Bhava, Lord Śiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.6.6 -- Vrndavana, November 28, 1976|Lecture on SB 5.6.6 -- Vrndavana, November 28, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So Kṛṣṇa consciousness means vairāgya-vidyā. Vairāgya-vidyā nija bhakti-yogam ([[Vanisource:CC Madhya 6.254|CC Madhya 6.254]]). Bhakti-yoga means vairāgya-vidyā. We should under... That is teaching by His personal behavior. Caitanya Mahāprabhu, He also taught us vairāgya-vidyā. He... When He was a gṛhastha, He was the most learned scholar in Navadvīpa. When He was sixteen years old He defeated a very great learned scholar, Keśava Kāśmīrī. He was requested by Caitanya Mahāprabhu to make some stanzas praying the Ganges. So he immediately made one hundred ślokas. And Caitanya Mahāprabhu, at that time sixteen years old, He was a student of grammar. So He pointed out on the sixty-fourth śloka so many defects. He was surprised that &amp;quot;This boy is a student of grammar, and He has picked up so many mistakes in my composition.&amp;quot; One of the prominent mistake was bhavānī-bhartā. Bhavānī-bhartā. Bhavānī means the wife of Bhava, Lord Śiva. And He pointed out, &amp;quot;Who can be bhartā, he, her, again?&amp;quot; So both of them were paṇḍita, yes. And there were so many mistakes He pointed out. So that was His learning. He was known as Nimāi Paṇḍita. Of course, brāhmaṇas were all called paṇḍita. Still in India that is the practice. The brāhmaṇas are addressed as &amp;quot;paṇḍitjī&amp;quot; because brāhmaṇa cannot be mūrkha. That is possible. Then he&#039;s not a brāhmaṇa. He must be a scholar. At least he must know what is the ultimate goal of knowledge.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonCCMadhyalila216267NewYorkJanuary61966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;106&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 21.62-67 -- New York, January 6, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 21.62-67 -- New York, January 6, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavānī means Lord Śiva&#039;s wife.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 21.62-67 -- New York, January 6, 1966|Lecture on CC Madhya-lila 21.62-67 -- New York, January 6, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So out of the one hundred verses, on the sixty-fourth verse Lord Caitanya pointed out, &amp;quot;Will you kindly explain this line? I am little in difficulty to understand.&amp;quot; What is that? There was a word, bhavānī-bhartā. Bhavānī-bhartā. Bhavānī... Means &amp;quot;husband of Bhavānī.&amp;quot; So Caitanya Mahāprabhu pointed out that Bhavānī... &amp;quot;Bhava means Lord Śiva, and bhavānī means Lord Śiva&#039;s wife, and bhartā means husband. So this bhavānī word itself indicates that she is the wife of Lord Śiva, and why you have stated again bhartā, again &#039;husband&#039;?&amp;quot; This is called dvirukti-doṣa (?). Sanskrit language is very scholarly language, reformed. You cannot deviate even a line, even a letter in the sense, in the poetry, in the writing.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1969_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1969 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1969 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;RoomConversationwithAllenGinsbergMay141969ColumbusOhio_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1969_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;16&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 14, 1969, Columbus, Ohio&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 14, 1969, Columbus, Ohio&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavānī means the wife of Bhava, Lord Śiva.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 14, 1969, Columbus, Ohio|Room Conversation with Allen Ginsberg -- May 14, 1969, Columbus, Ohio]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: So when he came to Navadvīpa, that was the... In all other places he was victorious. So all the Navadvīpa paṇḍitas, they conferred that &amp;quot;Nimāi Paṇḍita should be forwarded to talk with him. And if he is defeated by Nimāi Paṇḍita, then we&#039;ll become victorious because a boy has defeated him. But if Nimāi Paṇḍita becomes defeated, then we&#039;ll get another chance: &#039;No, you have defeated boy. Let us come.&#039; &amp;quot; In this way they make. So Keśava Kāśmīrī was informed that first of all he&#039;ll have to talk with Nimāi Paṇḍita. So one day Nimāi Paṇḍita, boy Nimāi Paṇḍita, was talking with his disciples, students. And Keśava Kāśmīrī was strolling on the Ganges side. So he heard that this boy is Nimāi Paṇḍita. &amp;quot;Oh, I will have to talk with Him? He is a boy.&amp;quot; So he went there, and when He was acquainted that Keśava Kāśmīrī..., &amp;quot;Oh, please come down, sit.&amp;quot; So Nimāi Paṇḍita said that &amp;quot;I have heard that you are so learned scholar. Now we are on the Ganges side. You can chant the glorification of mother Ganges. She may hear and enjoy.&amp;quot; So he was very learned scholar. Immediately he composed hundred verses, one hundred. And fluent, very fluently he went on. Then, out of that one hundred verses, in the sixty-fourth verse there was some poetic discrepancies. The word was bhavānī-bhārtā. Bhavānī means the wife of Bhava. Lord Śiva is called Bhava. Lord Brahmā is called Aja, and Lord Śiva is called Bhava. Bhava means &amp;quot;from whom everything is born.&amp;quot; Lord Śiva is the father of this Bhava. So Caitanya Mahāprabhu said that &amp;quot;In the sixty-fourth verse you have stated, bhavānī-bhārtā. Bhavānī means the husband of... Bhavānī means the wife of Bhava, Lord Śiva. So it is known that she has husband. Then why you say bhārtā, again &#039;husband&#039;?&amp;quot; He was learned scholar. He could understand, &amp;quot;Yes.&amp;quot; Dvir-ukti-dośa. This is called dvir-ukti-dośa, repeating twice one thing. Dvir-ukti-dośa. That is dośa. Dośa means fault.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavambudhih_means&amp;diff=537224</id>
		<title>Bhavambudhih means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhavambudhih_means&amp;diff=537224"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:06:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhavambudhih means... to Bhavambudhih means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhavambudhih means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|04Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ocean of Nescience|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ocean of Material Existence|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG73MontrealJune31968_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;259&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Montreal, June 3, 1968&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Montreal, June 3, 1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavāmbudhiḥ means this material nescience, ocean of nescience.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Montreal, June 3, 1968|Lecture on BG 7.3 -- Montreal, June 3, 1968]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavāmbudhiḥ means this material nescience, ocean of nescience. It is a ocean of ignorance, nescience. This is called bhavāmbudhiḥ. But one has to cross over this nescience, ocean of nescience. And how to cross over? Now, samāśritaṁ pada-pallavam. One who has taken shelter of the lotus feet as the boat for crossing over this ocean of nescience, for him, bhavāmbudhiḥ, this great ocean, becomes vatsa-padam.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Vatsa-padam means a, just a... You have no such experience. In India, in village, during rainy season the cows and the calf pass on the roads, and there is impression, and there is some water. That is called vatsa-padam, water in the pot or in the hole impressed by the hoof of the cow and calves. That water, anyone, such hundreds of water spot one can cross very easily. Similarly, if anyone takes shelter of the boat, the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, for him this great ocean of nescience becomes just like vatsa-padam. That means very easily one can cross. And this place... Padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadām ([[Vanisource:SB 10.14.58|SB 10.14.58]]). &amp;quot;This material world, where in every step there is danger, this place is not for them.&amp;quot; For whom? &amp;quot;One who has taken shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Sri Caitanya-caritamrta Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonCCAdilila115DallasMarch41975_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Caitanya-caritamrta_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;15&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.15 -- Dallas, March 4, 1975&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.15 -- Dallas, March 4, 1975&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhavāmbudhiḥ means the great ocean of material existence. We are struggling here, trying to swim.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.15 -- Dallas, March 4, 1975|Lecture on CC Adi-lila 1.15 -- Dallas, March 4, 1975]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is the solution. To take shelter of the padāmbhojau of Rādhā-Madana-mohana, that is the solution of all problem. And for a person who has taken shelter of the lotus feet, samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavam... Pada-pallavam. His lotus feet is compared with the lotus flower. The lotus flower has got petals, and the petal is just like in the shape of a boat. Everyone has got this experience. If you take the shelter of this boat, then we can cross over the ocean of material world very easily. You require some boat to cross over some watery span. So here, if you take one boat and if you want to cross the Pacific Ocean or Atlantic Ocean, it is very difficult. It may not... The boat may not go up to the end. But if you... Samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavam. If you take shelter of the lotus petal boatlike of... What is that lotus flower? Samāśritā ye pada-pallava-plavaṁ mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ. Murāri, Murāri means Kṛṣṇa. If you take shelter of the boat of the lotus feet of Murāri... What is that feet? Mahat-padam. Mahat-padam means the whole universal creation, the cosmic manifestation, is also resting there. It is not only a small thing. Mahat-padaṁ puṇya-yaśo murāreḥ: &amp;quot;And who is famous very piously.&amp;quot; Then what the result? Bhavāmbudhir vatsa-padam. Bhavāmbudhiḥ means the great ocean of material existence. We are struggling here, trying to swim. That becomes vatsa-padam. Vatsa-padam. Vatsa means calf. So you have no experience. In our country, the, in the... The calf walks, and the hoof makes some hole, and there is some water also. So as it is not difficult to cross that water, similarly, the whole material ocean become like that hole of the calf&#039;s hoof. In this way you can cross over this material ocean and go back to home, back to Godhead. Why I shall go there? Because here, padaṁ padaṁ yad vipadām ([[Vanisource:SB 10.14.58|SB 10.14.58]]). Here, in every step there is danger. Why shall you live here? Take this boat and go, cross the material ocean, and go back to home, back to Godhead. This is the philosophy. Therefore our Kavirāja Gosvāmī is saying, mat-sarvasva: &amp;quot;Everything. This is my everything. I take shelter of You.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhava-samsara_means&amp;diff=537218</id>
		<title>Bhava-samsara means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhava-samsara_means&amp;diff=537218"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:03:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhava-samsara means... to Bhava-samsara means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhava-samsara means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|17Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|17Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Samsara|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1523VrndavanaAugust41974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;145&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.5.23 -- Vrndavana, August 4, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.5.23 -- Vrndavana, August 4, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhava-saṁsāra means I have got this body, and it will be finished. Again I shall get another body. Again it will be finished.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.5.23 -- Vrndavana, August 4, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.5.23 -- Vrndavana, August 4, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Four point three billions of years this thing will go on. And then again, for... This is kṣaṇa-pralaya. (?) Kṣaṇa-pralaya means when Brahmā&#039;s day and night. But there is mahā-pralaya. That will stay we do not know how many millions of years. So this is called millennium. So Nārada Muni remembers this. Therefore he says, ahaṁ purā atīta-bhave. This is called bhava, bhava. Bhava means to come into existence and again finish. Just like this bhava-saṁsāra. It is called bhava-saṁsāra. Bhava-saṁsāra means I have got this body, and it will be finished. Again I shall get another body. Again it will be finished. So where is the science to understand these things? Who can explain? Where is the scientist? Purā atīta-bhave? Is there any scientist? Is there? So what is their knowledge? Very meager knowledge. Two plus two. That&#039;s all. (laughs) And they&#039;re very much proud. Who can explain this? Purā atīta-bhave. They do not know purā, they do not know atīta, bhave. And abhavam. And &amp;quot;I existed. And I can remember.&amp;quot; Is that perfection possible? But this is a fact. It is a fact. One may believe or not believe. They are making research institute, big, big... Yesterday Bon Mahārāja was speaking... What is this research? Research here. And Nārada Muni says that &amp;quot;In my previous life I was like this.&amp;quot; Where is, where is the research?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhava-maha-davagni-nirvapanam_means&amp;diff=537212</id>
		<title>Bhava-maha-davagni-nirvapanam means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhava-maha-davagni-nirvapanam_means&amp;diff=537212"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:01:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhava-maha-davagni-nirvapanam means... to Bhava-maha-davagni-nirvapanam means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhava-maha-davagni-nirvapanam means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|20Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|20Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bhava|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Forest Fire|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB11013MayapuraJune261973_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;279&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.10.13 -- Mayapura, June 26, 1973&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.10.13 -- Mayapura, June 26, 1973&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;As soon as māyā cannot touch him, then bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam. The blazing fire of material existence extinguished immediately. This is the first gain by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra offenselessly, the first gain is mukti. Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam means mukti.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.10.13 -- Mayapura, June 26, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.10.13 -- Mayapura, June 26, 1973]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So that is explained, that sat-saṅgān mukta-duḥsaṅgaḥ. As soon as one associates with Kṛṣṇa&#039;s name, he associates with Kṛṣṇa. Therefore asat, māyā, cannot touch him. If he&#039;s purely chanting without any offense, māyā cannot touch him. Ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanaṁ bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nir... ([[Vanisource:CC Antya 20.12|CC Antya 20.12]]). And as soon as māyā cannot touch him, then bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam. The blazing fire of material existence extinguished immediately. This is the first gain by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra offenselessly, the first gain is mukti. Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam means mukti. By chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, nāmābhāsa, not pure name. As soon as one comes to the platform of chanting pure Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, without any offense, he becomes immediately enhanced in love with Kṛṣṇa, prema, kṛṣṇa-prema. Just like Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Caitanya Mahāprabhu was chanting as ācārya. He was crying. Tava nāma-grahaṇe bhaviṣyati. Śūnyāyitaṁ jagat sarvaṁ govinda-viraheṇa me. So what is that verse? Cakṣ..., cakṣuṣā prāvṛṣāyitam. Cakṣuṣā prāvṛṣāyitam. Tava nāma, kadā tava nāma-grahaṇe bhaviṣyati. This is the ultimate, ultimate realization of chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, that one should cry. Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said like that. So Kṛṣṇa and Kṛṣṇa&#039;s name, identical.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhava-maha-davagni_means&amp;diff=537210</id>
		<title>Bhava-maha-davagni means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhava-maha-davagni_means&amp;diff=537210"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T13:01:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhava-maha-davagni means... to Bhava-maha-davagni means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhava-maha-davagni means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Bhava-maha-davagni, the Sanskrit word, means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|24Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|24Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=3|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Forest Fire|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary D-E-F]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary M-N-O]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG31617NewYorkMay251966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;122&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 3.16-17 -- New York, May 25, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 3.16-17 -- New York, May 25, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni means... Each and every word is very carefully selected in Sanskrit, and they have got immense meaning, full of meaning. Now, this, why this bhava-mahā-dāvāgni, this very word, I will try to explain.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 3.16-17 -- New York, May 25, 1966|Lecture on BG 3.16-17 -- New York, May 25, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;If you are actually conscious of being not this body, actually when, then your all material miseries are at once removed. As soon as you come to the real point of understanding that &amp;quot;I am not this body,&amp;quot; then the whole misunderstanding of material existence, bhava-mahā-dāvāgni... Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni means... Each and every word is very carefully selected in Sanskrit, and they have got immense meaning, full of meaning. Now, this, why this bhava-mahā-dāvāgni, this very word, I will try to explain. Bhava. Bhava means the situation in which we have to take repeated birth and we accept repeated death. That is called bhava. And that is a kind of mahā-dāvāgni. Mahā means great, and dāvāgni means forest fire. Forest fire. Forest fire, have you seen, any of you? Here you have got many forests, but I don&#039;t think you have seen any forest fire. I have seen. Forest fire takes automatically. Nobody goes to set fire in the forest, but by, I mean to say, cohesion of different dry bamboos or woods, fire takes, by electricity fire takes place, and the whole forest is ablaze. That is called dāvāgni. So this material world, nobody wants. Everyone wants peaceful life. But the nature of the material world is that automatically there is fire. Automatically there is.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;General_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;11&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;General Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;General Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;BrandeisUniversityLectureBostonApril291969_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;General_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;50&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Brandeis University Lecture -- Boston, April 29, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Brandeis University Lecture -- Boston, April 29, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni means these material anxieties. It is compared with forest fire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Brandeis University Lecture -- Boston, April 29, 1969|Brandeis University Lecture -- Boston, April 29, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So if you chant this Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, your self-realization will be possible on the second stage. First stage: you&#039;ll realize that you are not matter but you are spirit soul, Brahman; and the second stage is: ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanaṁ bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam ([[Vanisource:CC Antya 20.12|CC Antya 20.12]]). Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni means these material anxieties. It is compared with forest fire. Forest fire means in this material world everyone wants to be happy. That is a fact. Everyone. But some, by some cause or by some way, there is a fire just like forest fire. Nobody&#039;s interested to go in the forest and set fire there, but there is fire, automatically. Similarly, this world... Nobody wants war, nobody wants famine, nobody wants earthquake, nobody wants disease, nobody wants death, but these things happening. It will happen. Even if you do not want, you cannot, I mean to say, combat all these, I mean to say, attacks of the material nature. That is the way of material nature. Therefore self-realization is the opportunity of this human form of life. This human form of life... According to... Most of you, many of you may be students of anthropology, of Darwin&#039;s theory, that the life is evolving. This anthropology long, long years was stated in the Padma Purāṇa. There it is, it is stated, aśītiṁ caturaś caiva bhramadbhiḥ jīva-jātiṣu. Bhramadbhiḥ jīva-jā... These very words are there. These are Sanskrit words. What is that? Aśītiṁ caturaś caiva lakṣāṁs... That means 8,400,000 species of life, and you have got this human form of life, civilized form of life. This life has to be properly utilized. That is the whole purpose of Vedic literature. It is not to be spoiled like cats and dogs simply for sense gratification. One has to control the sense life or animal life and take to tapa. This very word is used there. Tapa means austerity, penance. We have read in the Indian history that there were many, many great sages, even kings; they left everything, they went to the forest for practicing austerity and penances. Recent, very recently... Every one of you know it that Lord Buddha... He was also Indian. He was also a kṣatriya, a prince, but he left everything and he went to the forest for self-realization.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureTokyoApril291972withinterpreter_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;General_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;113&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture -- Tokyo, April 29, 1972, (with interpreter)&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture -- Tokyo, April 29, 1972, (with interpreter)&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni, the Sanskrit word, means that &amp;quot;This material world is just like a forest fire.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture -- Tokyo, April 29, 1972, (with interpreter)|Lecture -- Tokyo, April 29, 1972, (with interpreter)]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanam ([[Vanisource:CC Antya 20.12|CC Antya 20.12]]). This is Sanskrit word. It is meaning that &amp;quot;This chanting of Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra will cleanse your heart.&amp;quot; Ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanam. So as soon as the heart is clean, then all our material problems are solved. Ceto-darpaṇa-mārjanaṁ bhava-mahā-dāvāgni-nirvāpaṇam. Bhava-mahā-dāvāgni, the Sanskrit word, means that &amp;quot;This material world is just like a forest fire.&amp;quot; So forest fire... I think all of you must have got some knowledge of forest fire. It takes place automatically. And you can very easily experience that we are living very peacefully, but by the dealings of the politicians, at any moment there can be war. So this war is just like forest fire. Nobody likes war, but it takes place. So similarly, in the forest, nobody goes to set fire, but it takes place. Therefore this material world is compared with the forest fire. So this forest fire can be extinguished by a different process than the fire in the ordinary way extinguished. Just like in the city, if there is fire, you can take advantage of the fire brigade or you can take advantage of some volunteers carrying bucketful of water. But to extinguish the forest fire, neither you can take the help of the fire brigade nor the volunteer carrying bucketfuls of water. The forest fire can be extinguished when there is rainfall from the sky.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhasya_means&amp;diff=537202</id>
		<title>Bhasya means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhasya_means&amp;diff=537202"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T12:54:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhasya means... to Bhasya means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhasya means&amp;quot;|&amp;quot;Bhasyas means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|30Mar12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=1|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|3}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Commentaries|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB111NewYorkJuly61972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.1.1 -- New York, July 6, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.1.1 -- New York, July 6, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhāṣya means commentary.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.1.1 -- New York, July 6, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.1.1 -- New York, July 6, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Janmādy asya yataḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 1.1.1|SB 1.1.1]]), that is the first Vedānta-sūtra. The Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the natural commentary on Vedānta-sūtra. Vedānta-sūtra philosophy was expounded by Vyāsadeva, Mahāmuni. And thinking that in future so many fools and rascals will misuse the Vedānta-sūtra as so-called Vedantists, and send all people to hell, therefore he personally wrote this commentary on Vedānta-sūtra, the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Bhāṣyaṁ brahma-sūtrāṇāṁ vedārtha paribhṛṁhitaḥ **. This is bhāṣya. Bhāṣya means commentary. Therefore he begins from the first aphorism of Vedānta-sūtra, janmādy asya yataḥ ([[Vanisource:SB 1.1.1|SB 1.1.1]]), athāto brahma jijñāsā, jīvasya tattva-jijñāsā. Jīvasya tattva-jijñāsā, jīva, those who are conditioned souls, their only business is to enquire about self-realization. The piling of woods and stone is not advanced civilization. My Guru Mahārāja used to say, kāṭh pāthare mistri. If you are simply engaged how to have a skyscraper building, then we become craftsmen only, how to handle woods and stones, that&#039;s all. So much success but what we&#039;ll do with this woods and stones? You are spirit soul. Woods and stone will not give you any pleasure. That is not possible. You are not wood and stone, you are spirit soul, you must have spiritual food. Therefore in America especially, despite all material opulences, there you are becoming confused and frustrated and disappointed. Because woods and stone will not satisfy you. You must have spiritual food, that is Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB126MauritiusOctober51975_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;44&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.6 -- Mauritius, October 5, 1975&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.6 -- Mauritius, October 5, 1975&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhāṣya means commentary.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.6 -- Mauritius, October 5, 1975|Lecture on SB 1.2.6 -- Mauritius, October 5, 1975]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, First Canto, Chapter Two, text number six. There was a big meeting of great sages, saintly persons, about 2,500 years ago at Naimiṣāraṇya. Naimiṣāraṇya still... Those who have gone to India, they know. Near Lucknow there is a place. It is called now, railway station, Nimsar. So there is Naimiṣāraṇya. So there in the meeting the questions were put by the sages, that, to summarize the whole range of revealed scriptures, because in India the Vedic literatures are many-folded. First of all there are the four Vedas—Sāma, Yajur, Ṛk, Atharva. Then they are explained or supplemented by the Purāṇas, eighteen Purāṇas. Then they are further explained by hundred eight Upaniṣads. Then they are summarized in Vedānta-sūtra, Brahma-sūtra. And then again, the Brahma-sūtra is explained by Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Bhāṣyāyāṁ brahma-sūtrāṇām. The Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the direct commentary by the author himself. Therefore you will find at the end of each chapter of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, śrīmad-bhāgavate mahā-purāṇe brahma-sūtra bhāṣye. Bhāṣya means commentary. Commentary means to explain. Just like in the Brahma-sūtra the first aphorism is athāto brahma jijñāsā: &amp;quot;This human form of life is meant for inquiring about the Absolute Truth.&amp;quot; Brahman means Absolute Truth, the supreme truth.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;1976 Conversations and Morning Walks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;AnswerstoaQuestionnairefromBhavansJournalJune281976Vrndavana_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;1976_Conversations_and_Morning_Walks&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Con&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;169&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Answers to a Questionnaire from Bhavan&#039;s Journal -- June 28, 1976, Vrndavana&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Answers to a Questionnaire from Bhavan&#039;s Journal -- June 28, 1976, Vrndavana&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhāṣyas means commentary.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Answers to a Questionnaire from Bhavan&#039;s Journal -- June 28, 1976, Vrndavana|Answers to a Questionnaire from Bhavan&#039;s Journal -- June 28, 1976, Vrndavana]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: That is the Vedānta-sūtra, athāto brahma jijñāsā. Here it is same thing explained, that don&#039;t be entrapped with these temporary bodily necessities of life, sense gratification. You must inquire about the Absolute Truth. In the next verse it is explained, vadanti tat tattva-vidas tattvaṁ yaj jñānam ([[Vanisource:SB 1.2.11|SB 1.2.11]]). Tattva. Tattva means truth. The truth is explained by the tattva-vit, one who knows the truth. How? Brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate. He is explained as Brahman, as Paramātmā, or as Bhagavān. This is Vedānta-sūtra. Now one should learn what is Bhagavān, what is Brahman, what is Paramātmā. In this way one should make advancement of his spiritual consciousness. That is the purpose of Vedānta-sūtra.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Puṣṭa Kṛṣṇa: Can I ask another question, Śrīla Prabhupāda?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Hm. Yes. The Vedantists they have come from the impersonal explanation of Śaṅkarācārya. Śārīraka-bhāṣya. But they simply give stress on the Śārīraka-bhāṣya, but there are other bhāṣyas. Bhāṣyas means commentary. And the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is the natural commentary by the author himself. Besides that, there are Vedānta-bhāṣyas written by the Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya, Viṣṇu Svāmī, and all the Vaiṣṇava ācāryas. Unfortunately, they do not care to read all these Vedānta-bhāṣyas. They simply take Śārīraka-bhāṣya and become impersonalist and call themselves as Vedantist.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhasmi-bhutasya_means&amp;diff=537200</id>
		<title>Bhasmi-bhutasya means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhasmi-bhutasya_means&amp;diff=537200"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T12:53:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhasmi-bhutasya means... to Bhasmi-bhutasya means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhasmi-bhutasya means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|13Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|13Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ashes|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1214LosAngelesAugust171972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;68&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.14 -- Los Angeles, August 17, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.14 -- Los Angeles, August 17, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So bhasmī-bhūtasya dehasya. Bhasmī-bhūtasya means the body being burned, it becomes ashes. So, actually the ultimate form or format of this body are three: either you become stool, or you become ash, or you become earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.14 -- Los Angeles, August 17, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.14 -- Los Angeles, August 17, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhasmī-bhūtasya dehasya. In India, according to Vedic system, the body is burned after death. They are not so foolish to stock and occupy millions of square yards. No. &amp;quot;Body is finished; just burn it,&amp;quot; finish. Why stock it in a tomb and occupy so much space? Practical, you see. So bhasmī-bhūtasya dehasya. Bhasmī-bhūtasya means the body being burned, it becomes ashes. So, actually the ultimate form or format of this body are three: either you become stool, or you become ash, or you become earth. Those who are burying underground, after few years the body will become earth. And those who are throwing on the street or on the water, so that body will become stool. Because if you throw on land, some jackals and some animals, some vultures, they will come and eat, and by, after eating, it will be stool. So either ashes or stool or earth. This is the last stage of this body. And we are taking of this stool, ash and earth so much without caring for the real vital force which moving the body. We are very much careful for ash, stool, and earth, not careful of the living force which is moving this body, beautiful body. This body is beautiful, very attractive, very important, so long that spiritual spark is there. Otherwise it is stool, ash and earth. They do not know this.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhargava_means&amp;diff=537188</id>
		<title>Bhargava means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhargava_means&amp;diff=537188"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T12:44:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhargava means... to Bhargava means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhargava means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|12Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Descendants|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Initiation Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Initiation Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;InitiationsNewYorkJuly251971_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Initiation_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;35&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Initiations -- New York, July 25, 1971&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Initiations -- New York, July 25, 1971&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhārgava means the descendant of Bṛghu. Bṛghu is one of the great sages.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Initiations -- New York, July 25, 1971|Initiations -- New York, July 25, 1971]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Devotee: Bhārgava.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Bhārgava. Bhārgava means the descendant of Bṛghu. Bṛghu is one of the great sages, seven sages, in..., rotating around the polestar, seven sages. And Bṛghu Muni is one of them. Bhārgava. In India there is still a brāhmaṇa&#039;s family, they are called Bhārgava. Come on, next.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: Sumahat.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Sumahat. &amp;quot;Great personality.&amp;quot; Come on. You know the rules and regulations?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: (inaudible)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Thank you.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: Ricardo. Haihaya.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Haihaya, a great saintly king. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Come on. What is this? Goblet? What is this? Oh! Thank you. Come on. What are the rules? The rules, regulative rules? Eh?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: The rules. What are the rules? The four regulative...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: You do not know? No illicit sex... Tell her. Tell her.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: (repeats rules in background)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Yes. (laughing) Repeat again. Repeat. Yes, what are the rules, you repeat!&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: No meat-eating, no gambling, no illicit sex...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: No intoxication.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: Narmadā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: All right.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: Narmadā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Narmadā. Narmadā is a sacred river in India, like Ganges. What you have got here? Come on, next. Narmadā, Godāverī, Kāverī, Gaṅgā, Yamunā. All sacred river.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: (offering obeisances and praṇāma mantras)&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: Vaijayantī.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Hm?&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Devotee: Vaijayantī.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Prabhupāda: Vaijayantī. Vaijayantī is one who becomes victorious everywhere.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhara_means&amp;diff=537180</id>
		<title>Bhara means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhara_means&amp;diff=537180"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T12:40:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhara means... to Bhara means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhara means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|16Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|16Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Burden|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Maintaining the Body|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB552LondonSeptember171969_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;526&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- London, September 17, 1969&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- London, September 17, 1969&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That people who are simply interested in maintaining this body and sense gratification, dehambhara-vārtikeṣu. Deha means this body, and bhara means maintaining, and vārtika means occupation.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- London, September 17, 1969|Lecture on SB 5.5.2 -- London, September 17, 1969]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;It&#039;s not required that sannyāsī is only mahātmā, but a gṛhastha can be, is also mahātmā. So gṛhastha-mahātmā, his symptoms are described: ye vā mayīśe kṛta-sauhṛdārthāḥ. Their only business is to please Kṛṣṇa. That is the first qualification. They have no other business. Ye vā mayīśe kṛta-sauhṛdārthāḥ. Then how they deal with others? A gṛhastha has to live... A sannyāsī may live alone in forest or in Himalaya or in a secluded place in Vṛndāvana or somewhere, but a gṛhastha, he has to deal with ordinary persons, so many others, businessmen or ordinary people. So that is stated here, that a gṛhastha-mahātmā, his first symptom is that he has no other business than to please Kṛṣṇa. That is his first business. And so far dealing with others, that is janeṣu dehambhara-vārtikeṣu gṛheṣu jāyātmaja-rātimatsu na prīti-yuktā yāvad-arthāś ca loke. Very nice. What does he say? That people who are simply interested in maintaining this body and sense gratification, dehambhara-vārtikeṣu. Deha means this body, and bhara means maintaining, and vārtika means occupation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Now you analyze everyone in this world. What is their business? Their business is how to maintain this body. That&#039;s all. If you ask somebody, &amp;quot;My dear sir, what you are doing?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Oh, I am doing this business.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Why you are doing this business?&amp;quot; &amp;quot;Oh, I must get money. Otherwise how can I maintain myself?&amp;quot; This is called dehambhara-vārtikeṣu. Their only engagement is how to maintain this body. This is their business. So janeṣu dehambhara-vārtikeṣu. And gṛheṣu, a householder has got home. And jāyā, jāyā means wife. Ātmaja, ātmaja means children. Rāti, some money, bank balance or some wealth, rāti. Or persons who are engaged simply for the business of maintaining this body, their only business is how to maintain a home, how to maintain a wife, how to maintain children, how to have good bank balance. In this way their life is like that. But a householder who is mahātmā, whose only business is to satisfy Kṛṣṇa, for him, these things are not prīti-yuktāḥ, not very pleasing. Not very pleasing. Na prīti-yuktāḥ.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Purports_to_Songs&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;14&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Purports to Songs&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Purports to Songs&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SpellingofPrayerstotheSixGosvamisLosAngelesDecember261968_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Purports_to_Songs&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;8&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Spelling of Prayers to the Six Gosvamis -- Los Angeles, December 26, 1968&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Spelling of Prayers to the Six Gosvamis -- Los Angeles, December 26, 1968&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhara means burden. Hantārakau, &amp;quot;just to take out the burdens.&amp;quot; When people become too much sinful, the earth becomes overburdened, and just to make it lighter...&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Spelling of Prayers to the Six Gosvamis -- Los Angeles, December 26, 1968|Spelling of Prayers to the Six Gosvamis -- Los Angeles, December 26, 1968]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Srī-caitanya, s-r-i c-a-i-t-a-n-y-a, śrī caitanya, kṛpā-bharau, k-r-i-p-a-b-h-a-r-o-u, kṛpā-bharau, śrī-caitanya-kṛpā-bharau, bhuvi, b-h-u-v-i, bhuvi, bhuvau, b-h-u-v-o-u, bhuvi bhuvau. Śrī-caitanya-kṛpā-bharau bhuvi bhuvo. Vande, v-a-n-d-e, r-u-p-a, rūpa, sanātanau, s-a-n-a-t-a-n-o-u, sanātanau. Vande rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau. R-a-g-u-h-y-u-g-o-u. Raghu-agau. Vande-rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva, s-r-i j-i-v-a, śrī-jīva, gopālakau, g-o-p-a-l-a-k-o-u. Śrī-caitanya-kṛpā-bharau bhuvi bhuvo bhārāva-hantārakau, b-h-a-r-a-b-a, hantārakau, h-a-n-t-a-r-a-k-o-u. (sings) Śrī-caitanya-kṛpā-bharau bhuvi bhuvo bhārāva-hantārakau vande rūpa-santanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva-gopālakau. Kṛṣṇotkīrtana-gāna-nartana-parau. So śrī-caitanya-kṛpā-bharau: &amp;quot;They were so kind and merciful because they actually received the blessings and mercy of Lord Caitanya.&amp;quot; Śrī-caitanya-kṛpā-bharau bhuvi. Bhuvi means &amp;quot;on this world, on this earth.&amp;quot; And bhuvo. Bhuvo means &amp;quot;on this earth,&amp;quot; bhuvo, and bhuvi, &amp;quot;they became.&amp;quot; Bhuvi bhuvo, bhārāva-hantārakau. Bhara, b-h-a-r-a, bhara means burden. Hantārakau, &amp;quot;just to take out the burdens.&amp;quot; When people become too much sinful, the earth becomes overburdened, and just to make it lighter... If it becomes too much heavy, then it will fall down. So these great souls, they come to make it lighter. Bhārāva-hantārakau, vande rūpa. &amp;quot;Oh, you are so kind.&amp;quot; So therefore vande: &amp;quot;I offer my respectful obeisances,&amp;quot; rūpa, lord..., not lord. Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī, Sanātana Gosvāmī and two Raghunātha Gosvāmīs. There are two Raghunāthas. And Jīva Gosvāmī and Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhakto_%27si_means&amp;diff=537168</id>
		<title>Bhakto &#039;si means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhakto_%27si_means&amp;diff=537168"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T10:37:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhakto &amp;#039;si means... to Bhakto &amp;#039;si means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhakto &#039;si means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|26Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|26Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:My Devotees (Krsna)|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG41andReviewNewYorkJuly131966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;130&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.1 and Review -- New York, July 13, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.1 and Review -- New York, July 13, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhakto &#039;si means &amp;quot;You are My devotee. You know that I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore you have surrendered yourself unto Me, accepted Me, Myself, as the spiritual master. You know. You are My devotee.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.1 and Review -- New York, July 13, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.1 and Review -- New York, July 13, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Now, the reply is bhakto &#039;si. Just see. Bhakto &#039;si me sakhā ceti rahasyaṁ hy etad uttamam: &amp;quot;Oh, My dear Arjuna, I am just trying to speak to you Bhagavad-gītā because you have got an exceptional qualification which others haven&#039;t got.&amp;quot; And what is that exceptional qualification? Here it is clearly mentioned, bhakto &#039;si. Bhakto &#039;si. Bhakto &#039;si means &amp;quot;You are My devotee. You know that I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and therefore you have surrendered yourself unto Me, accepted Me, Myself, as the spiritual master. You know. You are My devotee.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So now, herein we have to understand that unless one is devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa it is not possible for him to understand what is Bhagavad-gītā. It is not possible. Nobody can understand Bhagavad-gītā unless he is a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa. That is the first qualification. It is clearly said here. You cannot go beyond Bhagavad-gītā. If you want to understand Bhagavad-gītā, you cannot take help of other methods. You have to take the help as it is mentioned in the Bhagavad-gītā. He clearly says that bhakto &#039;si: &amp;quot;You are not only My friend. There are many friends. I can find many friends. But you are not only My friend, but you are a great devotee. Therefore you can understand what is the real sense of Bhagavad-gītā. Therefore I am speaking to you. I am speaking to you.&amp;quot; So if anyone wants to understand Bhagavad-gītā, then...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Just like the disciplic succession was coming down from Vivasvān, the, the, I mean to say, the principal man in the sun, the sun-god, and the sun-god taught the Bhagavad-gītā, the mystery of Bhagavad-gītā, to his son, Manu, and Manu taught the mystery of Bhagavad-gītā to Ikṣvāku, and Ikṣvāku taught the mystery of Bhagavad-gītā to his disciple or son, like that... But now, in course of time, it is now lost. Now I am again establishing that disciplic succession through you. So anyone who has to understand Bhagavad-gītā, he has to understand as Arjuna understood it. If you try to understand in a different way, if you want to give a different interpretation of Bhagavad-gītā, that may be a manifestation of your scholarship, but that is not Bhagavad-gītā. By your scholarship, you can manufacture some idea.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavata-sevaya_means&amp;diff=537126</id>
		<title>Bhagavata-sevaya means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavata-sevaya_means&amp;diff=537126"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T09:40:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhagavata-sevaya means... to Bhagavata-sevaya means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bhagavata-sevaya means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|07Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|07Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=2|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|2}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bhagavata|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Seva|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary S-T-U]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG134MiamiFebruary271975_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;352&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 13.4 -- Miami, February 27, 1975&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 13.4 -- Miami, February 27, 1975&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So bhāgavata-sevayā means not only reading Bhagavad-gītā and Bhāgavatam, but we have to study from the person bhāgavata.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 13.4 -- Miami, February 27, 1975|Lecture on BG 13.4 -- Miami, February 27, 1975]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;And bhāgavata means the book Bhāgavata and the person bhāgavata. The person bhāgavata is spiritual master or any exalted devotee. He is bhāgavata, mahā-bhāgavata, bhāgavata. So bhāgavata-sevayā means not only reading Bhagavad-gītā and Bhāgavatam, but we have to study from the person bhāgavata. That is required. Caitanya Mahāprabhu advised, bhāgavata paṛā giyā bhāgavata-sthāne: &amp;quot;If you want to learn Bhāgavata, then go to the person bhāgavata who is realized soul.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Not professional. That will not help you. Official professional—I go to a temple, to a church, and go back again to hellish condition of..., no. You just associate with the person bhāgavata who is realized soul and hear from him this the same book, the same knowledge. Kṛṣṇa&#039;s representative. Just like Kṛṣṇa says, tat samāsena me śṛṇu. Me śṛṇu: &amp;quot;Hear from Me or My representative. Then you will benefit.&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB32516BombayNovember161974_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;438&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.25.16 -- Bombay, November 16, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.25.16 -- Bombay, November 16, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;And bhāgavata-sevayā means to serve the person bhāgavata, whose life is simply Bhāgavata, to serve him.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.16 -- Bombay, November 16, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.16 -- Bombay, November 16, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So the process is that nityaṁ bhāgavata-sevayā. Daily we should devote our time for understanding Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. And bhāgavata-sevayā means to serve the person bhāgavata, whose life is simply Bhāgavata, to serve him. Nityaṁ bhāgavata-sevayā.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:naṣṭa-prāyeṣv abhadreṣu&lt;br /&gt;
:nityaṁ bhāgavata-sevayā&lt;br /&gt;
:bhagavaty uttama-śloke&lt;br /&gt;
:bhaktir bhavati naiṣṭhikī&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:SB 1.2.18|SB 1.2.18]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;By this process then you attain the stage of bhagavad-bhakti, naiṣṭhikī, fixed up, not tiltering, fixed up. Bhagavati naiṣṭhikī. Anartha-nivṛttiḥ syāt tato niṣṭhā. This naiṣṭhikī, or niṣṭhā, firm faith, is achieved when anartha-nivṛttiḥ syāt. Anartha. This anartha means ahaṁ mameti ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.8|SB 5.5.8]]), kāma-lobhādibhiḥ. This is anartha. We don&#039;t require all these things. Why I shall think, &amp;quot;This is my country, my family, my body...&amp;quot;? Nothing is mine. It is false. But people are wasting time in this way. &amp;quot;My country, my nation, my body, my family.&amp;quot; Ahaṁ mameti ([[Vanisource:SB 5.5.8|SB 5.5.8]]). They are wasting time. So nityaṁ bhāgavata-sevayā. We can vanquish all these false conceptions of life. Then sthitaṁ sattve prasīdati. These are the... Kāma-lobha... But even if it is not completely finished, these dirty things, but even if you come to the platform of sattva-guṇa, then you&#039;ll not be disturbed. But these tamo-guṇa and rajo-guṇa always disturb. Then if you are not disturbed by these kāma and lobha, then sthitaṁ sattve prasīdati. Then you will be pleased, you&#039;ll feel happiness, when you are on the sattva-guṇa. And then you have to surpass the sattva-guṇa. Śuddha-sattva. Sattvaṁ viśuddhaṁ vasudeva-śabditam. The vasudeva platform. Oṁ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya. Then you will understand your relationship with Kṛṣṇa and then you&#039;ll be happy.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavata-pradhanah_means&amp;diff=537124</id>
		<title>Bhagavata-pradhanah means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavata-pradhanah_means&amp;diff=537124"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T09:39:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhagavata-pradhanah means... to Bhagavata-pradhanah means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhagavata-pradhanah means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|22Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|22Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Realized|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Souls|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary P-Q-R]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB2325LosAngelesJune231972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;398&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.25 -- Los Angeles, June 23, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 2.3.25 -- Los Angeles, June 23, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhāgavata-pradhānaḥ means realized souls. We should not hear Bhāgavatam from a professional man, who are observing the Bhāgavata-saptāha.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 2.3.25 -- Los Angeles, June 23, 1972|Lecture on SB 2.3.25 -- Los Angeles, June 23, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That is the disciple&#039;s duty. Sevayā. Upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ jñāninas tattva-darśinaḥ. So real knowledge can be achieved in this process. Praṇipāta... Not that I can challenge, &amp;quot;Oh, I can know. I have got so much education and degrees. I can understand what is God,&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;There is no need of God. I am God. We are the controller.&amp;quot; So these are all rascaldom. Real thing is tad viddhi praṇipātena paripraśnena, as Parīkṣit Mahārāja, the emperor of the world, he&#039;s hearing from Śukadeva Gosvāmī, you have seen that picture in our Bhāgavata, newly published, how Parīkṣit Mahārāja humbly asking and sitting before Śukadeva Gosvāmī. So bhāgavata-pradhānaḥ. Bhāgavata-pradhānaḥ. So Śukadeva Gosvāmī is the chief bhāgavata. Bhāgavata, there are two kinds of bhāgavata: grantha bhāgavatam and this person bhāgavatam. So Śukadeva Gosvāmī was person bhāgavatam, bhāgavata, chief. Bhāgavata-pradhānaḥ. Bhāgavata-pradhānaḥ means realized souls. We should not hear Bhāgavatam from a professional man, who are observing the Bhāgavata-saptāha.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavan_iti_means&amp;diff=537110</id>
		<title>Bhagavan iti means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavan_iti_means&amp;diff=537110"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T09:17:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhagavan iti means... to Bhagavan iti means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhagavan iti means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Rishab}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|30Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|30Oct12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Bhagavan|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Bhagavad-gita As It Is Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonBG4911NewYorkJuly251966_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Bhagavad-gita_As_It_Is_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;152&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhagavān iti means the Personality of Godhead.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966|Lecture on BG 4.9-11 -- New York, July 25, 1966]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Tattva, tattva, the Absolute Truth. Absolute Truth is nondual. And that Absolute Truth is experienced in three ways. What are they? Now, Brahman, the all-pervading, impersonal feature, Brahman. And brahmeti paramātmeti. Paramātmeti means the Supersoul. Brahmeti paramātmeti and bhagavān iti. Bhagavān iti means the Personality of Godhead. Now these three conception of life have been analyzed in various places, and I will give you a short description.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;Just like the sun. You see the sun every morning. What do you see? You see the sunshine. One feature is the sunshine. Another feature is the sun disc and another feature is if you are able to go into the sun planet you see something else. That we have got no experience, but we can see that sunshine and the localized sun disc.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavad-bhajanomukha_means&amp;diff=537104</id>
		<title>Bhagavad-bhajanomukha means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bhagavad-bhajanomukha_means&amp;diff=537104"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T09:11:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bhagavad-bhajanomukha means... to Bhagavad-bhajanomukha means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;Bhagavad-bhajanomukha means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti|Vaishnavi}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|04Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|30Nov12}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=0|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=1|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|1}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:No Material...|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Obligation|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Nectar_of_Devotion_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Nectar of Devotion Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Nectar of Devotion Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;TheNectarofDevotionVrndavanaNovember31972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Nectar_of_Devotion_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;31&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 3, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 3, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bhagavad-bhajanomukha means niṣkiñcana, no material obligation, no material duty.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 3, 1972|The Nectar of Devotion -- Vrndavana, November 3, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Pure devotional service is rarely achieved.&amp;quot; That is the criterion. Pure devotional has got so many advantages, but it is very difficult. It is very difficult. Na janma-koṭi-sukṛtibhiḥ na labhyate. Pure devotional service, even after endeavoring, endeavoring for millions and millions of births, it is very difficult to achieve. Pure devotional service can be achieved only through the mercy of a pure devotee. Otherwise, it is not possible.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo &#039;bhiṣekaṁ&lt;br /&gt;
:niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat&lt;br /&gt;
:naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;spṛśata, spṛśata...&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:([[Vanisource:SB 7.5.32|SB 7.5.32]])&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;What is that? The purpose is that unless one takes the dust of the lotus feet of a pure devotee, it is not possible to become a pure devotee. Mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajaḥ, mahīyasām, great personality, great devotee. Pāda-rajaḥ means the dust of the lotus feet; abhiṣekam, taking to the, on the head. Mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo &#039;bhiṣekaṁ niṣkiñcanānām. Mahīyasām, great personality means niṣkiñcana. Bhagavad-bhakta is niṣkiñcana. He has no more material obligation. That is Bhagavad-bhakta. Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, niskin..., niskin..., bhagavad, niṣkiñcanasya bhagavad bhajanon mukhasya. Bhagavad-bhajanomukha means niṣkiñcana, no material obligation, no material duty. Nāyam ṛṇī na kiṅkara rājan sarvātmanā ye śaraṇaṁ śaraṇyaṁ gato mukundam. Anyone who has completely taken shelter of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, śaraṇaṁ śaraṇyaṁ gato mukundaṁ parihṛtya kartam, giving up all other duties, tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujaṁ harer ([[Vanisource:SB 1.5.17|SB 1.5.17]]), if one takes shelter of Kṛṣṇa&#039;s lotus feet, giving up all other duties... There are so many duties. You have got duty towards your family, towards your kinsmen, towards your country, towards the animals, other living entities, your obligation to the demigods, great saintly persons, ṛṣis. We are reading Vedas, but it is given by Vyāsadeva, so we are indebted to him. Similarly, many other śāstras we read. So we are indebted. Devarṣi, ṛṣi, devatā, the demigods. We are taking sunshine. We are obliged to sun-god. We are taking moonshine. We are obliged to moonshine, uh, moon-god, the air-god, Varuṇa. Everyone, they are helping us. We cannot do without this. You cannot live without water. You cannot live without light. You cannot live without heat. So who is supplying? Of course, Kṛṣṇa is supplying, but we cannot see Kṛṣṇa directly. They are being supplied by different demigods. Therefore deva-yajña is recommended. Deva-yajña means, ultimately, to satisfy Kṛṣṇa. So these are the processes. But if one takes to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he has no more obligation to all these devatās. Devaṛsi-bhūtāpta-nṛṇāṁ pitṟṇām ([[Vanisource:SB 11.5.41|SB 11.5.41]]). We have got so many obligations, but if you take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, everyone will be pleased, and you haven&#039;t got to oblige them by your service to them. Otherwise, you are bound to give them obeisances for their beneficial contribution.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=User:GauraHari&amp;diff=537101</id>
		<title>User:GauraHari</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=User:GauraHari&amp;diff=537101"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T09:09:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Large category TOC}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*This is my vani-notepad and I can place anything here relating to my vaniseva for Vanipedia.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Resources for new compilers=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes for new compilers==&lt;br /&gt;
This is just a reminder list of basic guidelines for compiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Preparing VedaBase====&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Manual:Troubleshooting#Preparation|Click here]] for the list of sources to select in Vedabase.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====What we &#039;&#039;do not&#039;&#039; compile====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Synonyms&lt;br /&gt;
*Quotes from an appendix or index&lt;br /&gt;
*Text segments written by the publishers, not by Srila Prabhupada (e.g. forewords)&lt;br /&gt;
*Purports from SB Canto 10.14 through Canto 12&lt;br /&gt;
*Verse summaries at the beginning of LOB, ISO, MM, NBS&lt;br /&gt;
*Quotes in which the expression appears only in a reading being done by a devotee and is not further commented upon by Prabhupada&lt;br /&gt;
*Quotes in which the expression is used by someone other than Prabhupada and Prabhupada does not offer further commentary in connection with the expression&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you come across a page for a Sanskrit term, check with your Vanitutor before compiling.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Guidelines for compiling====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Before you start, be sure you are:&lt;br /&gt;
*using Mozilla Firefox version 3.6.17 for your web browser;&lt;br /&gt;
*situated in Vaniquotes (not Vanipedia, Vanisource, or another one of the Vani sites).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Formatting standards=====&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Conversations&#039;&#039;&#039; should always show the speakers&#039; names, even if Prabhupada is the only speaker.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Lectures&#039;&#039;&#039; show speakers&#039; names only if there is a speaker other than Prabhupada present within the quote.  If Prabhupada is the only speaker in the quote, do not include his name as speaker. &lt;br /&gt;
*Don&#039;t take it for granted that SP is speaking. Always check and confirm.&lt;br /&gt;
**Exception: &#039;&#039;&#039;Philosophy Discussions&#039;&#039;&#039; - These should be handled just like Conversations (always include the speaker)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Headings=====&lt;br /&gt;
*should include the expression (there may be some exceptions, but this is the general rule)&lt;br /&gt;
**one exception is when a third party cites the expression. At this time we make the heading the comment that SP makes on the expression&lt;br /&gt;
*should be complete sentences, ending with a full stop/period&lt;br /&gt;
*Pages should be consistent. Either all quotes have headings in a page, or no quotes have headings in a page&lt;br /&gt;
*are not necessary for short &#039;translation-only&#039; quotes&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Cited Verses=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When the auto box appears for cited verses, click yes if it is indeed a cited verse.  Sometimes the verses are not completely identified. At that time we go to the manual edit by double clicking on the text of the quote and manually code them with : in front of each line&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Short Keys====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*F2 = Advanced Query (top binoculars) &lt;br /&gt;
*F3 = Previous Hit &lt;br /&gt;
*F4 = Next Hit&lt;br /&gt;
*Ctrl/D = copy with reference&lt;br /&gt;
*Alt/Tab = move from Vedabase to Vani or from Vani to Vedabase&lt;br /&gt;
*S = set section&lt;br /&gt;
*R = purport&lt;br /&gt;
*T = Translation&lt;br /&gt;
*E = Insert&lt;br /&gt;
*Ctrl/V = paste into compile form&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
to compile a purport&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
select text, Ctrl/D, Alt/Tab, Ctrl/V, SRE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
to compile a translation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
select text, Ctrl/D, Alt/Tab, Ctrl/V, STE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
to compile a book with no purports/Trans, (TLC, NOD, EJ, KB, RTW, MOG) or lectures, conversations and letters&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
select text, Ctrl/D, Alt/Tab, Ctrl/V, E&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Editing====&lt;br /&gt;
*Quote text copied from VedaBase must remain exactly &#039;as is&#039;.  Do not correct spelling or grammar, and do not &#039;skip&#039; through the text to select your quote (quotes must be taken from contiguous text).  &lt;br /&gt;
**It is not necessary, however, to include the entirety of a single speaker&#039;s passage (in other words, you don&#039;t have to start your quote at the very beginning of a speaker&#039;s contribution to the conversation).&lt;br /&gt;
*Headings may include minor editing for clarity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Self edit=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*self edits should be done after compiling each page, preferably before saving. As time goes on, it becomes natural to do partial self edits as each quote is being compiled, so that the final self edit is very clean.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039; - All speakers are identified in all of the conversations, and all of the philosophy discussions and only in the lectures when there is one or more people other than Prabhupada speaking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039; - there is consistency for headings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039; - any purports have been compiled in the `SB 10.14 - 12 section and delete when found&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039; - there are double quotes compiled and deleted when found&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039; - check if the correct sections are compiled&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039; - check if quotes or headings beginning words are not cut  example: &amp;quot;Devotional&amp;quot; should not be &amp;quot;evotional&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039; - cited verses are properly arranged. If when editing they get buggy, then if they are not autocorrected with the &amp;quot;save&amp;quot;&amp;quot;  then we should click edit, compile, save&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;check if&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Bugs=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are a few bugs that are there and we have to simply move around them&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======NOD======&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Nectar of Devotion some chapters are wrongly referenced in VedaBase so the compiler has to keep their eye on the chapter they are compiling and if there is an incorrect link created in the Vani compile form then it has to be manually corrected by clicking on the little blue box (click to change the link for this quote) in the top of the right hand side of the compile tool that is present once you have gone to &amp;quot;edit quote&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;double click&amp;quot; on the text.  The coding for NOD is simple.  NOD 46 or NOD 47  etc&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Needed links for Compiling====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:CompilerGoals&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:CompilerStatistics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://vaniquotes.org/wiki/Manual:Tools#Vedabase&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://vaniquotes.org/wiki/Special:CompleteCompilations?from=0&amp;amp;limit=1500&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bha_means&amp;diff=537094</id>
		<title>Bha means</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://dev.vaniquotes.org/w/index.php?title=Bha_means&amp;diff=537094"/>
		<updated>2015-07-25T09:05:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;GauraHari: GauraHari moved page Bha means... to Bha means&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;facts&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{terms|&amp;quot;bha means&amp;quot;}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{notes|}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compiler|Visnu Murti|Kanupriya}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{complete|ALL}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{first|28Mar10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{last|27Apr10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{totals_by_section|BG=0|SB=1|CC=0|OB=0|Lec=9|Con=0|Let=0}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{total|10}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toc right}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A to Z]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vaniquotes Sanskrit Dictionary A-B-C]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fear|3]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_7&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;7&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;SB Canto 7&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;SB Canto 7&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SB71325_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;SB_Canto_7&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;SB&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;559&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;SB 7.13.25&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;SB 7.13.25&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means bhaya, or fear.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:SB 7.13.25|SB 7.13.25, Purport]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;purport text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Material life is called pavarga because here we are subject to five different states of suffering, represented by the letters pa, pha, ba, bha and ma. Pa means pariśrama, very hard labor. Pha means phena, or foam from the mouth. For example, sometimes we see a horse foaming at the mouth with heavy labor. Ba means byarthatā, disappointment. In spite of so much hard labor, at the end we find disappointment. Bha means bhaya, or fear. In material life, one is always in the blazing fire of fear, since no one knows what will happen next. Finally, ma means mṛtyu, or death. When one attempts to nullify these five different statuses of life—pa, pha, ba, bha and ma—one achieves apavarga, or liberation from the punishment of material existence.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;compilation&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Lectures&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Srimad-Bhagavatam Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB128BombayDecember261972_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;51&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.8 -- Bombay, December 26, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.8 -- Bombay, December 26, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pha means phena, and bha means bhaya (?), ma means mṛtyu. So this material world is pavarga, means here we have to labor very hard.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.8 -- Bombay, December 26, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.8 -- Bombay, December 26, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Dharma, artha, kāma, mokṣa (SB 4.8.41, Cc. Ādi 1.90), these are called āpavarga. Āpavarga means nullifying the pavarga. Pavarga... This material world is called pavarga. Pa, pha, ba, bha, ma. According to Sanskrit grammar, there are five vargas, ka varga ca varga ta varga ta varga and pa varga. So pa varga, pa means pariśrama. Similarly, pha means phena, and bha means bhaya (?), ma means mṛtyu. So this material world is pavarga, means here we have to labor very hard. Sometimes by laboring, as you have seen in animals, bulls and horses, they produce foam in the mouth, that is pha. And then we are always full of anxieties, and at last there is death. This is material life. We work very hard, struggle for..., struggle hard for existence, and that also, at the end, we die.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB129NewVrindabanSeptember71972_1&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;53&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pa, pha, ba, bha. Bha means bhaya, fearfulness. Although I am working very hard, still, I am fearful what will happen. I am not sure that things will be done properly, in spite of my working very hard.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972|Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- New Vrindaban, September 7, 1972]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This pavarga I have explained several times. In Sanskrit grammar there are vargas, ka-varga, ca-varga, ṭa-varga, ta-varga, pa-varga—five vargas. So pa-varga means pa pha ba bha ma, five letters. Pa means pariśrama, hard labor. And pha means foaming. Because when you work very hard, from your mouth some foam comes out. Sometimes we see in the body of the horse, or any animal. Pa, pha, ba. Ba means vyarthatā, frustration. Instead of, in spite of working very hard, there is frustration in this material world. Pa, pha, ba, bha. Bha means bhaya, fearfulness. Although I am working very hard, still, I am fearful what will happen. I am not sure that things will be done properly, in spite of my working very hard. Pa, pha, ba, bha, and ma. Ma means mṛtyu, death. Working so hard, day and night, and still, there is death. Working so hard... The scientific world is working so hard, but the scientist is dying himself. He cannot stop death. He can create some atom bomb to kill, but he cannot create anything which will stop death. That is not possible. Therefore, this pa, pha, ba, bha, ma, these five letters represent five kinds of our activities in this material world.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB129HyderabadApril231974_2&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;55&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- Hyderabad, April 23, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- Hyderabad, April 23, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means bhaya, always fearful.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- Hyderabad, April 23, 1974|Lecture on SB 1.2.9 -- Hyderabad, April 23, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;So pavarga means they have taken the material life in different aspect. First of all, material life is pariśrama, hard labor. This is called pa, pariśrama. And then, pha: the labor is so hard, sometimes foam comes. We have seen from the mouth of the horse, cows, and bulls, dogs. We sometimes, we have also, our tongue becomes dry after working very hard. There are foams. This is pha. Pa, pha. And ba means vyarthatā: in spite of so much labor, our sense gratification is not fulfilled. That is called vyarthatā. Pa pha ba, vyarthatā. And then bha. Bha means bhaya, always fearful. Āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithunaṁ ca. Every conditioned soul is subjected to fearfulness, &amp;quot;What will happen next?&amp;quot; Big, big politician... Just like in U.S.A., President Nixon, he is also under fear, &amp;quot;How these people will drive me away?&amp;quot; So this bhaya must be there. Hard labor for election, then rejection, then bhaya, fearfulness, &amp;quot;Whether my this position will remain or not?&amp;quot; Nobody is free. Even Brahmā, big, big demigods, they are also fearful. Bhayaṁ dvitīya abhiniveśataḥ syāt. Śāstra says when one is attached to the other thing except God, dvitīya... Because God is one. Eka brahma. When one is not Brahman realized—the other realized means illusion realized—then there is bhaya. So apavarga, pa pha ba bha, in this way ma, means mṛtyu, death.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB12910DelhiNovember141973_3&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;57&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9-10 -- Delhi, November 14, 1973&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.2.9-10 -- Delhi, November 14, 1973&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means bhaya, always fearful, &amp;quot;What will happen next? What will happen next?&amp;quot; And in this way, ma-mṛtyu, maraṇa. This is called material life.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.2.9-10 -- Delhi, November 14, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.2.9-10 -- Delhi, November 14, 1973]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This material life is pavarga. Pa-varga means... Those who are acquainted with grammar... There are vargas, ka-varga, kha-varga, ca-varga, ta-varga. Similarly pa-varga. Pa-varga means pa, pha, ba, bha, ma, five. So pa represents pariśrama, labor, hard labor. This material world, you have to work. Either you are human being or a hog or dog or cat, it doesn&#039;t matter. You have to work. And very severe work so that foam will come within your mouth. Pha. Then pa, pha, ba. Ba means vyarthatā, baffledness. And bha means bhaya, always fearful, &amp;quot;What will happen next? What will happen next?&amp;quot; And in this way, ma-mṛtyu, maraṇa. This is called material life. There is no more gain, simply pa pha ba bha ma. That&#039;s all. This is material life. And apavarga means just the opposite, to nullify this pavarga business.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1722VrndavanaSeptember181976_4&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;177&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.7.22 -- Vrndavana, September 18, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.7.22 -- Vrndavana, September 18, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means fearfulness. Just like the animal is working so hard and still he&#039;s afraid.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.7.22 -- Vrndavana, September 18, 1976|Lecture on SB 1.7.22 -- Vrndavana, September 18, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;You work hard, hard, hard. Still you&#039;ll not be successful. You&#039;ll have to work hard. That is called pa, pha, ba. And bha, bha means fearfulness. Just like the animal is working so hard and still he&#039;s afraid. &amp;quot;The master may whip.&amp;quot; &amp;quot;You are not working?&amp;quot; Phut! Phut! He has to work still. Bhaya. So that fearfulness is everywhere. Āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithunaṁ ca sāmānyam etat paśubhir narāṇām. The ox and bull, they are afraid of the driver, and we are afraid of our leader, of our government, of our so-called master and so on, so on, so on. That you cannot avoid. That is not possible. Sadā samudvigna-dhiyām asad-grahāt ([[Vanisource:SB 7.5.5|SB 7.5.5]]). Because we have accepted this material body, we have to be always remain in anxiety. You cannot avoid. So pa, pha, ba, bha, and at last, ma. Ma means mṛtyu. Frustration and die. And again pa, again begin with pa. This is going on. This is called Repeatedly, pa, pha, ba, bha, ma; pa, pha, ba, bha, ma. So if you take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, then this pavarga—pa, pha, ba, bha, ma—will be counteracted. Not otherwise. Not otherwise. It is not possible.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB1843LosAngelesMay51973_5&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;246&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.8.43 -- Los Angeles, May 5, 1973&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 1.8.43 -- Los Angeles, May 5, 1973&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means fearfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 1.8.43 -- Los Angeles, May 5, 1973|Lecture on SB 1.8.43 -- Los Angeles, May 5, 1973]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pavarga means labor, and pha means foam, the foam. When you work very hard, from your mouth a kind of foam comes out. Pha. Pa, pha, ba. And in spite of so much hard labor, it is ba. Ba means birth, futile, useless. Pa, pha, ba. And bha, bha means fear. Bhaya, bhaya, fear. Although you are working so hard, there is always some fearfulness: &amp;quot;Now things will be done like this, or not like this,&amp;quot; fearful. That is the nature. Āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithuna, bhaya. This life, this material body means eating, sleeping and fearing. This is one of the symptom. Although I am eating very nicely, I am thinking whether I am overeating so that I may not feel sick. So bhaya is always there. A bird, you&#039;ll see eating, and looking this way, that way. Why? If some enemy is not coming. So, this is bha. Pa, pha, ba, bha, and ma. At last maraṇa, mṛtyu, death. This is called pavarga. Pavarga means pa, pha, ba, bha, ma. Pa means hard labor. Pha means so hard that foam comes out of mouth. And ba means he&#039;s still frustrated. And bha means fearfulness. And ma means mṛtyu. This is the call, apavarga. So pavarga, and just the opposite is apavarga. Just the opposite. There is no labor, there is no foam, there is no frustration, there is no fear, and there is no death. That is spiritual world.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB32512BombayNovember121974_6&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;433&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.25.12 -- Bombay, November 12, 1974&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 3.25.12 -- Bombay, November 12, 1974&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means always fearful, bhaya.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 3.25.12 -- Bombay, November 12, 1974|Lecture on SB 3.25.12 -- Bombay, November 12, 1974]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Pavarga means pa, pha, ba, bha, ma. This is called pa-varga. In the letter arrangement, there is ka-varga, ca-varga, ṭa-varga, ta-varga... Five vargas. And pa-varga. The material life is called pa-varga. Pa, pha, ba, bha, ma. Pa means pariśrama, simply laboring. And so much labor, now, pha, there is phena, foam. You&#039;ll find in the horses; hard labor, there is foam. We have sometimes foam, dry throat. That is pha. Pa, pha, ba. Ba means, bha means bhaya, and ba means vyartha. Vyartha means futile. Why they are laboring so much? Big, big men, they have no time. Big, big businessmen... I have seen in New York, big, big businessman. No time even to eat. Simply eating a dry bread and cup of tea. But he is working very hard, day and night. Pa-varga, pha-varga, and ba-varga. Ba-varga means..., ba means vyarthatā. And bha means always fearful, bhaya. In this way, pa, pha, bha, and ma. Ma means maraṇa, mṛtyu. Finish. Pa to ma. Pa means beginning with pariśrama, and ma means mṛtyu. So this is material life, pavarga. So if you want to nullify this, that is called apavarga. So here it is called apavarga-vardhanam, how to increase interest in liberation.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;LectureonSB7946VrndavanaApril11976_7&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Srimad-Bhagavatam_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;852&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.46 -- Vrndavana, April 1, 1976&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Lecture on SB 7.9.46 -- Vrndavana, April 1, 1976&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means bhaya, fearfulness. In spite of working so hard, everyone is afraid: &amp;quot;What will happen next? What will happen next?&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Lecture on SB 7.9.46 -- Vrndavana, April 1, 1976|Lecture on SB 7.9.46 -- Vrndavana, April 1, 1976]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Every one of us, we are destined to certain extent of gain and certain extent of loss. That is destined.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;So therefore śāstra says, &amp;quot;Don&#039;t try for this destined gain or loss. You are working so hard to making some gain. Even if you do not work hard, you will get that gain. Don&#039;t try for it. Better utilize the time for chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa.&amp;quot; That is the injunction of śāstra. Tasyaiva hetoḥ prayeteta kovido na labhyate yad bhramatām upary adhaḥ (1.5.18). The people do not understand. They think that these young men are being induced to escape. No, it is not escape. This is the only path of liberation, āpavargya. To make the pavargas, pa, pha, ba, ba is vyartha, and bha... Bha means bhaya, fearfulness. In spite of working so hard, everyone is afraid: &amp;quot;What will happen next? What will happen next?&amp;quot; Āhāra-nidrā-bhaya-maithuna. This is the nature. And then, after working so hard, bringing out foam in the mouth, disappointment, then fearfuless—at last die, mrtyu, ma. Pa pha ba bha ma, these five, pavarga. In Sanskrit grammar there are vargas: ka-varga, ca-varga, ta-varga, like that, five vargas, the pa-varga. So this word is used generally in the Vedic literature, āpavarga.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;Sri_Isopanisad_Lectures&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;sub_section&amp;quot; sec_index=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Lectures&amp;quot; text=&amp;quot;Sri Isopanisad Lectures&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Sri Isopanisad Lectures&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div id=&amp;quot;SriIsopanisadInvocationLectureLosAngelesApril281970_0&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;quote&amp;quot; parent=&amp;quot;Sri_Isopanisad_Lectures&amp;quot; book=&amp;quot;Lec&amp;quot; index=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; link=&amp;quot;Sri Isopanisad Invocation Lecture -- Los Angeles, April 28, 1970&amp;quot; link_text=&amp;quot;Sri Isopanisad Invocation Lecture -- Los Angeles, April 28, 1970&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;heading&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Bha means beating, fearfulness.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;link&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Vanisource:Sri Isopanisad Invocation Lecture -- Los Angeles, April 28, 1970|Sri Isopanisad Invocation Lecture -- Los Angeles, April 28, 1970]]: &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;text&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;p style=&amp;quot;display: inline;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yesterday I was explaining what is this pavarga to Gargamuni. This pavarga means the line of the alphabet pa. You know, those who have studied this devanāgarī. There are devanāgarī alphabets, ka kha ga gha na ca cha ja jha na. In this way five set, one line. Then come the fifth set, comes pa pha va bha ma. So this pavarga means pa. First of all pa. Pa means parava, defeat. Everyone is trying, struggling very hard to survive, but defeated. First pavarga. Pa means parava. And then pha. Pha means foaming. Just like horse, when working very hard, you&#039;ll find some foams coming out of the mouth, we sometimes also, when we are very tired after working very hard, the tongue becomes dry and some foam comes. So everyone is working very hard for sense gratification, but defeated. The pa, pha, and va. Va means this bondage. So first pa, second pha, the bondage third, then va, bha. Bha means beating, fearfulness. And then ma. Ma means mrtyu, or death. So this Kṛṣṇa conscious process is apavarga, apa. A means none. Pavarga, these are the symptoms of this material world. And when you add this word a, apavarga, that means it is nullified. So... (aside:) You can sit down. This apavarga-vartmani. Our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is the path of apavarga, nullifying these pavargas.&amp;lt;/p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>GauraHari</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>